Covered Asset Acquisitions, 88562-88589 [2016-28759]
Download as PDF
88562
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[REG 129128–14]
RIN 1545–BM36
Covered Asset Acquisitions
Internal Revenue Service (IRS),
Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking
by cross-reference in part to temporary
regulations.
AGENCY:
This document contains
proposed Income Tax Regulations under
section 901(m) of the Internal Revenue
Code (Code) with respect to transactions
that generally are treated as asset
acquisitions for U.S. income tax
purposes and either are treated as stock
acquisitions or are disregarded for
foreign income tax purposes. In the
Rules and Regulations section of this
issue of the Federal Register, temporary
regulations are being issued under
section 901(m) (the temporary
regulations), the text of which serves as
the text of a portion of these proposed
regulations. These regulations are
necessary to provide guidance on
applying section 901(m). These
regulations affect taxpayers claiming
foreign tax credits.
DATES: Comments and requests for a
public hearing must be received by
March 7, 2017.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to
CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–129128–14), Room
5205, Internal Revenue Service, P.O.
Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station,
Washington, DC 20044. Submissions
may be hand delivered Monday through
Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and
4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG–129128–
14), Courier’s desk, Internal Revenue
Service, 1111 Constitution Avenue NW.,
Washington, DC 20044, or sent
electronically, via the Federal
eRulemaking Portal at
www.regulations.gov (IRS REG–129128–
14).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Concerning the regulations, Jeffrey L.
Parry, (202) 317–6936; concerning
submissions of comments, Regina
Johnson, (202) 317–6901 (not toll-free
numbers).
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
SUMMARY:
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
I. Section 901(m)
Section 212 of the Education Jobs and
Medicaid Assistance Act (EJMAA),
enacted on August 10, 2010 (Pub. L.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
111–226), added section 901(m) to the
Code. Section 901(m)(1) provides that,
in the case of a covered asset acquisition
(CAA), the disqualified portion of any
foreign income tax determined with
respect to the income or gain
attributable to relevant foreign assets
(RFAs) will not be taken into account in
determining the foreign tax credit
allowed under section 901(a), and, in
the case of foreign income tax paid by
a section 902 corporation (as defined in
section 909(d)(5)), will not be taken into
account for purposes of section 902 or
960. Instead, the disqualified portion of
any foreign income tax (the disqualified
tax amount) is permitted as a deduction.
See section 901(m)(6).
Under section 901(m)(2), a CAA is (i)
a qualified stock purchase (as defined in
section 338(d)(3)) to which section
338(a) applies; (ii) any transaction that
is treated as an acquisition of assets for
U.S. income tax purposes and as the
acquisition of stock of a corporation (or
is disregarded) for purposes of a foreign
income tax; (iii) any acquisition of an
interest in a partnership that has an
election in effect under section 754; and
(iv) to the extent provided by the
Secretary, any other similar transaction.
The Joint Committee on Taxation’s
technical explanation of EJMAA states
that it is anticipated that the Secretary
will issue regulations identifying other
similar transactions that result in an
increase to the basis of assets for U.S.
income tax purposes without a
corresponding increase for foreign
income tax purposes. Staff of the Joint
Committee on Taxation, Technical
Explanation of the Revenue Provisions
of the Senate Amendment to the House
Amendment to the Senate Amendment
to H.R. 1586, Scheduled for
Consideration by the House of
Representatives on August 10, 2010, at
14 (Aug. 10, 2010) (JCT Explanation).
Section 901(m)(3)(A) provides that the
term ‘‘disqualified portion’’ means, with
respect to any CAA, for any taxable
year, the ratio (expressed as a
percentage) of (i) the aggregate basis
differences (but not below zero)
allocable to such taxable year with
respect to all RFAs; divided by (ii) the
income on which the foreign income tax
referenced in section 901(m)(1) is
determined. If the taxpayer fails to
substantiate the income on which the
foreign income tax is determined to the
satisfaction of the Secretary, such
income will be determined by dividing
the amount of such foreign income tax
by the highest marginal tax rate
applicable to the taxpayer’s income in
the relevant jurisdiction. The JCT
Explanation states that for this purpose
the income on which the foreign income
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
tax is determined is the income as
determined under the law of the
relevant jurisdiction. See JCT
Explanation at 14.
Section 901(m)(3)(B)(i) provides the
general rule that the basis difference
with respect to any RFA will be
allocated to taxable years using the
applicable cost recovery method for U.S.
income tax purposes. Section
901(m)(3)(B)(ii) provides that, except as
otherwise provided by the Secretary, if
there is a disposition of an RFA, the
basis difference allocated to the taxable
year of the disposition will be the excess
of the basis difference of such asset over
the aggregate basis difference of such
asset that has been allocated to all prior
taxable years. The statute further
provides that no basis difference with
respect to such asset will be allocated to
any taxable year thereafter.
Section 901(m)(3)(C)(i) provides that
basis difference means, with respect to
any RFA, the excess of: (i) The adjusted
basis of such asset immediately after the
CAA, over (ii) the adjusted basis of such
asset immediately before the CAA. If the
adjusted basis of an RFA immediately
before the CAA exceeds the adjusted
basis of the RFA immediately after the
CAA (that is, where the adjusted basis
of an asset with a built-in loss is
reduced in a CAA), such excess is taken
into account as a basis difference of a
negative amount. See section
901(m)(3)(C)(ii).
The JCT Explanation states that, for
purposes of determining basis
difference, it is the tax basis for U.S.
income tax purposes that is relevant and
not the tax basis as determined under
the law of the relevant jurisdiction. See
JCT Explanation at 14. However, the JCT
Explanation further states that it is
anticipated that the Secretary will issue
regulations identifying those
circumstances in which, for purposes of
determining the adjusted basis of such
assets immediately before the CAA, it
may be acceptable to use foreign basis
or another reasonable method. Id.
Section 901(m)(4) provides that an
RFA means, with respect to a CAA, any
asset (including goodwill, going concern
value, or other intangible) with respect
to such acquisition if income,
deduction, gain, or loss attributable to
such asset is taken into account in
determining the foreign income tax
referenced in section 901(m)(1).
Section 901(m)(7) provides that the
Secretary may issue regulations or other
guidance as is necessary or appropriate
to carry out the purposes of section
901(m), including to exempt from its
application certain CAAs and RFAs
with respect to which the basis
difference is de minimis. The JCT
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
Explanation states that regulations may
also exclude from the application of
section 901(m) CAAs that are not
taxable for U.S. income tax purposes, or
in which the basis of the RFAs is also
increased for purposes of the law of the
relevant foreign jurisdiction. See JCT
Explanation at 16.
Section 901(m) generally applies to
CAAs occurring after December 31,
2010. Section 901(m), however, does not
apply to any CAA with respect to which
the transferor and transferee are not
related if the acquisition is made
pursuant to a written agreement that
was binding on January 1, 2011, and at
all times thereafter; described in a ruling
request submitted to the IRS on or
before July 29, 2010; or described on or
before January 1, 2011, in a public
announcement or in a filing with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.
See EJMAA, section 212(b).
II. Notices 2014–44 and 2014–45
The Department of the Treasury
(Treasury Department) and the IRS
issued Notice 2014–44 (2014–32 I.R.B.
270 (July 21, 2014)) and Notice 2014–45
(2014–34 I.R.B. 388 (July 29, 2014)),
announcing the intent to issue
regulations addressing the application
of section 901(m) to dispositions of
RFAs following CAAs and to CAAs
described in section 901(m)(2)(C)
(regarding section 754 elections). In
addition, the notices announced the
intent to issue regulations providing
successor rules for the continued
application of section 901(m) after
subsequent transfers of RFAs with
remaining basis difference. The
temporary regulations issued in the
Rules and Regulations section of this
issue of the Federal Register provide the
rules described in those Notices.
Explanation of Provisions
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
I. Overview
These proposed regulations provide
rules for computing the disqualified
portion of foreign income taxes under
section 901(m). Proposed § 1.901(m)–1
provides definitions that apply for
purposes of the proposed regulations.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–2 identifies the
transactions that are CAAs, including
additional categories of transactions that
are identified as CAAs pursuant to the
authority granted in section
901(m)(2)(D), and provides rules for
identifying assets that are RFAs with
respect to a CAA. Proposed § 1.901(m)–
3 provides rules for computing the
disqualified portion of foreign income
taxes, describes the treatment under
section 901(m)(1) of the disqualified
portion, and provides rules for
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
determining whether and to what extent
basis difference that is assigned to a
given taxable year is carried over to
subsequent taxable years. Proposed
§ 1.901(m)–4 provides rules for
determining the basis difference with
respect to an RFA, including an election
to use foreign basis for purposes of this
determination. Proposed § 1.901(m)–5
provides rules for taking into account
basis difference under an applicable
cost recovery method or as a result of a
disposition of an RFA, rules for
allocating that basis difference, when
necessary, to one or more persons
subject to section 901(m), and rules for
assigning that basis difference to a U.S.
taxable year. Proposed § 1.901(m)–6
provides successor rules for applying
section 901(m) to subsequent transfers
of RFAs that have basis difference that
has not yet been fully taken into
account, as well as for transferring an
aggregate basis difference carryover of a
person subject to section 901(m) either
to another aggregate basis difference
carryover account of such person or to
another person subject to section
901(m). Proposed § 1.901(m)–7 provides
de minimis rules under which certain
basis differences are not taken into
account under section 901(m). Proposed
§ 1.901(m)–8 provides guidance on the
application of section 901(m) to pre1987 foreign income taxes and antiabuse rules relating to built-in loss
assets.
II. Relevance of the Terms Section
901(m) Payor, Foreign Payor, RFA
Owner (U.S.), and RFA Owner
(Foreign)
As provided under proposed
§ 1.901(m)–1, a section 901(m) payor is
a person that is eligible to claim the
foreign tax credit allowed under section
901(a), regardless of whether the person
chooses to claim the foreign tax credit,
as well as a section 902 corporation.
Therefore, a section 901(m) payor is the
person required to compute a
disqualified tax amount when section
901(m) applies. The foreign payor is the
individual or entity (including a
disregarded entity) subject to a foreign
income tax. The RFA owner (U.S.) is the
person that owns one or more RFAs for
U.S. income tax purposes and therefore
is required to report, or otherwise track,
items of income, deduction, gain, or loss
attributable to the RFAs for purposes of
computing the U.S. taxable income of
the RFA owner (U.S.). Similarly, the
RFA owner (foreign) is the individual or
entity (including a disregarded entity)
that owns one or more RFAs for
purposes of a foreign income tax and
that therefore generally would report, or
otherwise track, items of income,
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88563
deduction, gain, or loss attributable to
the RFAs for purposes of determining
income reported on a foreign income tax
return.
The section 901(m) payor may also be
the foreign payor, the RFA owner (U.S.),
or the RFA owner (foreign), or any
combination thereof; alternatively, the
section 901(m) payor may not be any of
them depending upon the application of
the entity classification rules for U.S.
income tax purposes. Further, the
foreign payor and the RFA owner
(foreign) may or may not be the same
person for purposes of a foreign income
tax depending upon whether the RFA
owner (foreign) is a fiscally transparent
entity for purposes of the foreign
income tax. For example, if a foreign
corporation, which is a section 902
corporation, owns RFAs and is the
entity that is subject to a foreign income
tax under the relevant foreign law, the
foreign corporation is the section 901(m)
payor, foreign payor, RFA owner (U.S.),
and RFA owner (foreign). As another
example, if two U.S. corporations each
own a 50 percent interest in a
partnership and the partnership owns a
disregarded entity that is subject to a
foreign income tax and that, for
purposes of the foreign income tax,
owns one or more RFAs, the corporate
partners are each a section 901(m)
payor, the disregarded entity is the
foreign payor and the RFA owner
(foreign), and the partnership is the RFA
owner (U.S.).
Finally, because the computation of a
section 901(m) payor’s disqualified tax
amount is based on items determined at
the level of the foreign payor, the RFA
owner (U.S.), and the RFA owner
(foreign), the regulations provide rules
for allocating those items when the
section 901(m) payor is not the foreign
payor, the RFA owner (U.S.), or the RFA
owner (foreign), or any combination
thereof.
III. CAAs and RFAs
A. CAAs
Proposed § 1.901(m)–2(b) identifies
six categories of transactions that
constitute CAAs, three of which are
specified in the statute (incorporated by
cross reference to the temporary
regulations) and three of which are
additional categories of transactions that
are identified as CAAs pursuant to the
authority granted under section
901(m)(2)(D). In addition, for
transactions that occurred on or after
January 1, 2011, and before the general
applicability date of the temporary
regulations (referred to as the
‘‘transition period’’ in the preamble to
the temporary regulations and in this
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88564
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
preamble), proposed § 1.901(m)–2(d)
(incorporated by cross reference to the
temporary regulations) defines CAAs by
reference to the statutory definition
under section 901(m)(2). Transactions
are CAAs regardless of whether any
gain, income, loss, or deduction realized
in connection with the transaction is
taken into account for U.S. income tax
purposes. However, basis difference
resulting from a CAA may not be taken
into account under section 901(m)
pursuant to de minimis rules in
proposed § 1.901(m)–7.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–2(b)(1) through
(4) describes four specific types of
transactions that are generally expected
to result in an increase in the basis of
assets for U.S. income tax purposes
without a corresponding increase in
basis for foreign income tax purposes.
This is because these transactions
generally are treated as an acquisition of
assets for U.S. income tax purposes and
either are treated as an acquisition of
stock or of a partnership interest or are
disregarded for foreign income tax
purposes. The other two categories of
transactions described in proposed
§ 1.901(m)–2(b)(5) and (6), which
involve an acquisition of assets for both
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes,
are CAAs only if the transaction results
in an increase in the basis of an asset for
U.S. income tax purposes but not for
foreign income tax purposes. Such
transactions may include, for example,
an acquisition of assets that is
structured to avoid the application of
the Code’s corporate nonrecognition
provisions, such as section 332, 351, or
361, while still qualifying for
nonrecognition treatment for foreign
income tax purposes.
B. RFAs
Proposed § 1.901(m)–2(c)(1)
incorporates by cross reference to the
temporary regulations the general
definition of an RFA, which provides
that an RFA means, with respect to a
foreign income tax and a CAA, any asset
(including goodwill, going concern
value, or other intangible) subject to the
CAA that is relevant in determining
foreign income for purposes of the
foreign income tax. In addition, for
CAAs that occurred during the
transition period, proposed § 1.901(m)–
2(d) (incorporated by cross reference to
the temporary regulations) defines RFAs
by reference to the statutory definition
under section 901(m)(4).
Proposed § 1.901(m)–2(c)(2) generally
provides that an asset is relevant in
determining foreign income if income,
deduction, gain, or loss attributable to
such asset is or would be taken into
account in determining foreign income
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
immediately after the CAA. Proposed
§ 1.901(m)–2(c)(3) provides, however,
that, after a CAA, an asset will become
an RFA with respect to another foreign
income tax if, pursuant to a plan or
series of related transactions that have a
principal purpose of avoiding the
application of section 901(m), an asset
that is not relevant in determining
foreign income for purposes of that
foreign income tax immediately after the
CAA later becomes relevant in
determining such foreign income. A
principal purpose of avoiding section
901(m) will be deemed to exist if
income, deduction, gain, or loss
attributable to the asset is taken into
account in determining such foreign
income within the one-year period
following the CAA.
IV. Disqualified Tax Amount and
Aggregate Basis Difference Carryover
A. Disqualified Tax Amount
Proposed § 1.901(m)–3 sets forth the
rules for computing the disqualified
portion of foreign income taxes (referred
to in the regulations as the ‘‘disqualified
tax amount’’). Proposed § 1.901(m)–3
also sets forth the treatment under
section 901(m)(1) of the disqualified tax
amount and provides rules for
determining whether and to what extent
basis difference that is assigned to a
given U.S. taxable year is carried over to
subsequent U.S. taxable years (referred
to in the regulations as ‘‘aggregate basis
difference carryover’’).
In general, a disqualified tax amount
is computed separately for each foreign
tax return that takes into account
income, gain, deduction, or loss from
one or more RFAs in computing the
foreign taxable income and for each
section 901(m) payor that pays or
accrues, or that is considered to pay or
accrue, a portion of the foreign income
taxes reflected on the foreign tax return.
Furthermore, if the foreign income taxes
relate to more than one separate
category described in § 1.904–4(m)
(including section 904(d) categories), a
separate disqualified tax amount
computation is done for each such
separate category. Members of a U.S.
affiliated group of corporations (as
defined in section 1504) that file a
consolidated return are each treated as
a separate section 901(m) payor;
therefore, disqualified tax amounts are
computed at the member-level.
The proposed regulations refer to the
total taxable income (or loss) that is
computed under foreign law for a
foreign taxable year and reflected on a
foreign tax return as ‘‘foreign income’’
and the total amount of tax reflected on
a foreign tax return as a ‘‘foreign income
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
tax amount.’’ Thus, foreign income does
not include income that is exempt from
the foreign income tax. The proposed
regulations use the term ‘‘foreign
country creditable taxes’’ (or ‘‘FCCTs’’)
to refer to any foreign income taxes
imposed by another foreign country or
possession of the United States that
were allowed under the relevant foreign
law as a credit to reduce the foreign
income tax amount and for which a
credit is allowed under section 901 or
903. In addition, the proposed
regulations define ‘‘foreign income tax ’’
(by cross reference to the temporary
regulations) to mean any income, war
profits, or excess profits tax for which
a credit is allowable under section 901
or 903, other than any withholding tax
determined on a gross basis as described
in section 901(k)(1)(B).
The foreign income, foreign income
tax amount, and any FCCTs are
determined at the foreign-payor level. If
the foreign payor is not a section 901(m)
payor, current law provides rules for
determining the person that is
considered to pay or accrue a foreign
income tax amount for purposes of the
foreign tax credit (see, for example,
§§ 1.702–1(a)(6) and 1.901–2(f)). Those
rules are not changed by these proposed
regulations and therefore apply for
purposes of determining the extent to
which a foreign income tax amount is
paid or accrued by, or considered paid
or accrued by, a section 901(m) payor
for purposes of section 901(m).
Proposed § 1.901(m)–3(b) sets forth
the treatment of the disqualified tax
amount and the computation of the
disqualified tax amount. Pursuant to
section 901(m)(1) and proposed
§ 1.901(m)–3(b)(1), the disqualified tax
amount is not taken into account for
purposes of determining foreign tax
credits under section 901, 902, or 960.
A section 901(m) payor must compute a
disqualified tax amount for any U.S.
taxable year for which it is assigned a
portion of the basis difference with
respect to one or more RFAs.
The disqualified tax amount is the
lesser of the tentative disqualified tax
amount and the foreign income tax
amount paid or accrued by, or
considered paid or accrued by, a section
901(m) payor. The tentative disqualified
tax amount is determined using a
modified version of the formula
provided in section 901(m)(3). To
determine the tentative disqualified tax
amount, the foreign income tax amount
paid or accrued by, or considered paid
or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor
for its U.S. taxable year (multiplicand)
is multiplied by a ratio (disqualified
ratio), the numerator of which is the
sum of the portion of the basis
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
difference for all RFAs that is taken into
account and assigned to the U.S. taxable
year of the section 901(m) payor, and
the denominator of which is the portion
of the foreign income reflected on the
foreign tax return that relates to the
foreign income tax amount included in
the multiplicand. The numerator and
the denominator of the disqualified ratio
are referred to in the proposed
regulations as the ‘‘aggregate basis
difference’’ and ‘‘allocable foreign
income,’’ respectively.
Allocable foreign income (the
denominator of the disqualified ratio)
and the foreign income tax amount (the
multiplicand) are determined using the
total amount of foreign income and
foreign income tax amount reflected on
the foreign income tax return that are
allocable to the section 901(m) payor,
instead of by reference only to the
amounts determined with respect to the
RFAs. The Treasury Department and the
IRS have determined that this approach
appropriately carries out the purposes of
section 901(m) while avoiding the
administrative and compliance burdens
that would result from a requirement to
trace amounts of income to RFAs and
identify the portion of foreign income
taxes imposed on that income.
If a foreign income tax amount is
computed taking into account an FCCT,
the multiplicand of the tentative
disqualified tax amount computation is
the sum of the foreign income tax
amount and any FCCTs paid or accrued
by, or considered paid or accrued by,
the section 901(m) payor. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have
determined that it is appropriate to
include any FCCTs in the multiplicand
to better reflect the effective tax rate
imposed on the aggregate basis
difference. However, the tentative
disqualified tax amount is reduced (but
not below zero) to the extent any
portion of the FCCTs is itself treated as
a disqualified tax amount of the section
901(m) payor with respect to a different
foreign income tax.
The aggregate basis difference in the
numerator includes cost recovery
amounts and disposition amounts taken
into account with respect to RFAs and
assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the
section 901(m) payor under proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5, as discussed in section VI.
of this the Explanation of Provisions of
this preamble. When the numerator and
denominator are both positive amounts,
the amount of aggregate basis difference
included in the numerator is limited to
the amount of foreign income in the
denominator of the disqualified ratio (in
other words, the allocable foreign
income). This limitation ensures that
multiplying the foreign income tax
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
amount included in the multiplicand by
the disqualified ratio would not produce
a disqualified tax amount greater than
100 percent of the foreign income tax
amount. See section IV.B. of the
Explanation of Provisions section of this
preamble for the treatment of any excess
of the aggregate basis difference over the
allocable foreign income as an aggregate
basis difference carryover.
The denominator of the disqualified
ratio is the allocable foreign income.
When the entire foreign income tax
amount reflected on a foreign tax return
is paid or accrued by, or considered
paid or accrued by, a single section
901(m) payor for U.S. income tax
purposes, the allocable foreign income
is simply the total foreign income
reflected on the foreign tax return. In
general, this will be the case when the
section 901(m) payor is the foreign
payor or owns a disregarded entity that
is the foreign payor, unless there is a
change in ownership or a change in
entity classification in the foreign payor
requiring an allocation of the foreign
income tax amount of the foreign payor
(a mid-year transaction).
If, however, the foreign income tax
amount reflected on a foreign tax return
is allocated to more than one person for
U.S. income tax purposes, the allocable
foreign income in the denominator of
the disqualified ratio for a particular
section 901(m) payor is equal to the
portion of the foreign income reflected
on the foreign tax return that relates to
the foreign income tax amount allocated
to, and considered paid or accrued by,
that section 901(m) payor (and therefore
that is included in the multiplicand of
the tentative disqualified tax amount
computation). Proposed § 1.901(m)–
3(b)(2)(iii)(C) provides guidance on how
to determine the allocable foreign
income in three types of cases: (i) The
foreign income tax amount is allocated
to a section 901(m) payor because the
foreign payor is involved in a mid-year
transaction, such as the transfer of a
disregarded entity during the
disregarded entity’s foreign taxable year
or acquisitions involving elections
under section 338 or 336(e); (ii) the
foreign income tax amount is allocated
to a section 901(m) payor that is a
partner because the foreign payor is a
partnership for U.S. income tax
purposes that is legally liable for the
foreign income tax amount under
§ 1.901–2(f)(4)(i) (or the foreign payor is
a disregarded entity and its assets are
owned for U.S. income tax purposes by
an entity that is treated as a partnership
for U.S. income tax purposes and that is
legally liable for the foreign income tax
amount under § 1.901–2(f)(4)(ii)); and
(iii) the foreign income tax amount is
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88565
allocated to a section 901(m) payor
under § 1.901–2(f)(3)(i) because the
section 901(m) payor is a member of a
group whose income is taxed on a
combined basis for foreign income tax
purposes.
Notwithstanding the rules described
in the two preceding paragraphs for
determining allocable foreign income, if
a section 901(m) payor fails to
substantiate its allocable foreign income
to the satisfaction of the Secretary, then
proposed § 1.901(m)–3(b)(2)(iii)(D)
provides that allocable foreign income
will equal the amount determined by
dividing the sum of the foreign income
tax amount and the FCCTs that are paid
or accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, the section 901(m) payor, by
the highest marginal tax rate applicable
to income of the foreign payor under the
relevant foreign income tax. See section
901(m)(3)(A).
If the numerator is less than zero, the
denominator is less than or equal to
zero, or the multiplicand is zero, the
tentative disqualified tax amount (and
therefore the disqualified tax amount) is
zero. If the disqualified tax amount for
a year either is zero or is limited by the
foreign income tax amount paid or
accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, a section 901(m) payor,
there will be an aggregate basis
difference carryover as described in the
next section.
B. Aggregate Basis Difference Carryover
Proposed § 1.901(m)–3(c) provides
rules for determining the amount of
aggregate basis difference carryover for
a given U.S. taxable year of a section
901(m) payor that will be included in
the section 901(m) payor’s aggregate
basis difference for the next U.S. taxable
year (and therefore included in the
numerator of the disqualified ratio for
purposes of the next year’s disqualified
tax amount computation). The carryover
reflects the extent to which the
aggregate basis difference for a U.S.
taxable year has not yet given rise to a
disqualified tax amount.
If the disqualified tax amount is zero,
none of the aggregate basis difference
gives rise to a disqualified tax amount
and therefore the full amount of the
section 901(m) payor’s aggregate basis
difference for that year will be reflected
in an aggregate basis difference
carryover (positive or negative).
If the disqualified tax amount is not
zero, an aggregate basis difference
carryover may still arise in two
situations. First, if the aggregate basis
difference exceeds the section 901(m)
payor’s allocable foreign income (the
denominator of the disqualified ratio)
and therefore the amount of the
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88566
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
aggregate basis difference included in
the numerator is limited, the excess is
reflected in an aggregate basis difference
carryover. Second, if the tentative
disqualified tax amount (which takes
into account FCCTs) exceeds the foreign
income tax amount paid or accrued by
the section 901(m) payor (which does
not include FCCTs), that excess tax
amount is converted into an equivalent
amount of aggregate basis difference that
is reflected in an aggregate basis
difference carryover. See Prop.
§ 1.901(m)–3(c)(2)(ii)(B).
V. Determination of Basis Difference
Proposed § 1.901(m)–4 incorporates
by cross reference the general rules in
the temporary regulations for
determining basis difference. Under
these rules, basis difference is
determined separately with respect to
each foreign income tax for which an
asset is an RFA.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–4(c)(1) provides
for a foreign basis election, pursuant to
which basis difference is equal to the
U.S. basis in the RFA immediately after
the CAA less the foreign basis in the
RFA immediately after the CAA
(including any adjustments to the
foreign basis resulting from the CAA).
Proposed § 1.901(m)–4(c)(2) through (4)
provide rules for making a foreign basis
election. A foreign basis election
generally is made by the RFA owner
(U.S.). For example, in a section 338
CAA, the foreign basis election is made
by the corporation that is the subject of
the qualified stock purchase (new target
as defined in § 1.338–2(c)(17)). If the
RFA owner (U.S.) is a partnership,
however, each partner in the
partnership (and not the partnership)
may independently make a foreign basis
election. A foreign basis election is
made separately for each CAA and with
respect to each foreign income tax and
each foreign payor. For this purpose, a
series of CAAs occurring as part of a
plan (referred to in the regulations as an
‘‘aggregated CAA transaction’’) are
treated as a single CAA. The proposed
regulations contain examples
illustrating the scope of the foreign basis
election.
The election is made by using foreign
basis to determine the basis differences
for purposes of computing a disqualified
tax amount and an aggregate basis
difference carryover. The election
generally must be reflected on a timely
filed original federal income tax return
for the first U.S. taxable year that the
foreign basis election is relevant.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–4(c)(5) provides an
exception for certain cases in which the
RFA owner (U.S.) is a partnership. This
exception generally provides relief
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
when one or more partners and the
partnership have agreed that the
partnership would determine whether
to provide the partners with information
to apply section 901(m) based on foreign
basis and, in fact, the partnership
provided the information to the partner
using foreign basis, but when the
partner timely filed its tax return it
failed to report the application of
section 901(m). The purpose of the relief
is to address situations in which a
partner must file an amended return in
order to properly reflect the application
of section 901(m) but does not have
access to the necessary information to
apply section 901(m) using U.S. basis.
The criteria for qualifying for this relief
should prevent partners from using
hindsight in determining whether to
make the foreign basis election.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–4(c)(6) provides
another exception to the requirement to
make the election in a timely filed
original federal income tax return that
applies if a taxpayer chooses to
consistently apply these proposed
regulations retroactively to all CAAs
occurring before the regulations are
issued in final form, including CAAs for
which the taxpayer chooses not to make
a foreign basis election. In this case, a
foreign basis election may be reflected
on a timely filed amended federal
income tax return (or tax returns, as
appropriate), provided that all amended
returns are filed no later than one year
following the date of publication of the
Treasury decision adopting these rules
as final regulations in the Federal
Register.
VI. Basis Difference Taken Into
Account
Section 1.901(m)–5 provides rules for
determining the amount of basis
difference with respect to an RFA that
is taken into account in a given U.S.
taxable year (referred to in the
regulations as ‘‘allocated basis
difference’’). This allocated basis
difference is used to compute a
disqualified tax amount for a U.S.
taxable year. Basis difference is taken
into account in two ways: under an
applicable cost recovery method or as a
result of a disposition of the RFA.
For purposes of the discussion under
this section VI of the Explanation of
Provisions section of the preamble,
unless otherwise indicated, a reference
to direct ownership of an interest in an
entity refers to direct ownership for U.S.
income tax purposes, which includes
ownership through one or more
disregarded entities. A reference to
indirect ownership of an interest in an
entity refers to ownership through one
or more entities that are treated as
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
fiscally transparent for U.S. income tax
purposes, at least one of which is not a
disregarded entity. Finally, a reference
to indirect ownership of an interest in
an entity for foreign income tax
purposes means ownership through one
or more entities that are treated as
fiscally transparent for foreign income
tax purposes.
A. Cost Recovery Rules
1. Determining a Cost Recovery Amount
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(b)(2)(i)
incorporates by cross reference the
general rule in the temporary
regulations that a cost recovery amount
for an RFA is determined by applying
an applicable cost recovery method to
the basis difference rather than to the
U.S. basis of the RFA.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(b)(2)(ii)
provides that if the entire U.S. basis of
the RFA is not subject to the same cost
recovery method, the applicable cost
recovery method for determining the
cost recovery amount is the cost
recovery method that applies to the
portion of the U.S. basis that
corresponds to the basis difference.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(b)(3) provides
that, for purposes of section 901(m), an
applicable cost recovery method
includes any method for recovering the
cost of property over time for U.S.
income tax purposes (each application
of a method giving rise to a ‘‘U.S. basis
deduction’’). Such methods include
depreciation, amortization, or depletion,
as well as a method that allows the cost
(or a portion of the cost) of property to
be expensed in the year of acquisition
or in the placed-in-service year, such as
under section 179. Applicable cost
recovery methods do not include any
provision allowing for the recovery of
U.S. basis upon a disposition of an RFA.
2. Attributing or Allocating a Cost
Recovery Amount to a Section 901(m)
Payor
Under proposed § 1.901(m)–5(b)(1),
when an RFA owner (U.S.) is a section
901(m) payor, all of the cost recovery
amount is attributed to the section
901(m) payor and assigned to the U.S.
taxable year of the section 901(m) payor
in which the corresponding U.S. basis
deduction with respect to the RFA is
taken into account under the applicable
cost recovery method. This is the case
regardless of whether the deduction is
deferred or disallowed under other Code
provisions (for example, see section
263A, which requires the capitalization
of certain costs and expenses).
If instead the RFA owner (U.S.) is not
a section 901(m) payor but a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
purposes in which a section 901(m)
payor directly or indirectly owns an
interest, proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d)(2)
allocates all or a portion of the cost
recovery amount to the section 901(m)
payor. Under those rules, a cost
recovery amount is allocated to the
section 901(m) payor to the extent the
U.S. basis deduction that corresponds to
the cost recovery amount (both of which
are determined at the level of the RFA
owner (U.S.)) is (or will be) included in
the section 901(m) payor’s distributive
share of the income of the RFA owner
(U.S.) for U.S. income tax purposes.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d)(6) assigns an
allocated cost recovery amount to the
U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m)
payor that includes the last day of the
U.S. taxable year of the RFA owner
(U.S.) in which the RFA owner (U.S.)
takes into account the corresponding
U.S. basis deduction (without regard to
whether the deduction is deferred or
disallowed under other Code
provisions).
Special rules under proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5(e), discussed in section
VI.D of the Explanation of Provisions
section of this preamble, allocate a cost
recovery amount that arises from an
RFA with respect to certain section
743(b) CAAs. In addition, special rules
under proposed § 1.901(m)–5(g),
discussed in section VI.F of the
Explanation of Provisions section of this
preamble, allocate a cost recovery
amount to a section 901(m) payor in
certain cases in which the RFA owner
(U.S.) either is a reverse hybrid or is a
fiscally transparent entity for both U.S.
and foreign income tax purposes that is
directly or indirectly owned by a reverse
hybrid. A reverse hybrid is an entity
that is treated as a corporation for U.S.
income tax purposes but as a fiscally
transparent entity for foreign income tax
purposes.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
B. General Disposition Rules
1. Definition of Disposition and
Determining a Disposition Amount
Proposed § 1.901(m)–1(a)(10) defines
(by cross reference to the temporary
regulations) a disposition for purposes
of section 901(m) as an event that
results in gain or loss being recognized
with respect to an RFA for purposes of
U.S. income tax, a foreign income tax,
or both. Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(c)(2)
incorporates by cross reference the rules
provided in the temporary regulations
for determining the amount of basis
difference taken into account upon a
disposition of an RFA (the disposition
amount). Section 1.901(m)–5T(c)(2)
provides that, if a disposition of an RFA
is fully taxable for U.S. and foreign
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
income tax purposes, the disposition
amount will be any remaining
unallocated basis difference (positive or
negative). Section 1.901(m)–5T(c)(2)
further provides that, if a disposition of
an RFA is not fully taxable for both U.S.
and foreign income tax purposes and
the RFA has a positive basis difference,
the disposition amount is based solely
on the amount, if any, of foreign
disposition gain and U.S. disposition
loss. If, on the other hand, a disposition
of an RFA is not fully taxable for both
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes
and the RFA has a negative basis
difference, the temporary regulations
provide that the disposition amount is
based solely on the amount, if any, of
foreign disposition loss and U.S.
disposition gain. See section V.B of the
preamble to the temporary regulations
for a further discussion of these
provisions.
2. Attributing or Allocating a
Disposition Amount to a Section 901(m)
Payor
Under proposed § 1.901(m)–5(c)(1),
when the RFA owner (U.S.) is a section
901(m) payor, all of the disposition
amount is attributed to the section
901(m) payor and assigned to the U.S.
taxable year of the section 901(m) payor
in which the disposition occurs.
If instead the RFA owner (U.S.) is not
a section 901(m) payor but a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes in which a section 901(m)
payor directly or indirectly owns an
interest, proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d),
discussed in section VI.C of the
Explanation of Provisions section of this
preamble, allocates all or a portion of a
disposition amount to the section
901(m) payor and assigns it to a U.S.
taxable year of the section 901(m) payor.
Special rules under proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5(e), discussed in section
VI.D of the Explanation of Provisions
section of this preamble, allocate a
disposition amount to a section 901(m)
payor and assign it to a U.S. taxable year
of the section 901(m) payor when the
disposition amount arises from an RFA
with respect to certain section 743(b)
CAAs. Special rules under proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5(f), discussed in section
VI.E of the Explanation of Provisions
section of this preamble, allocate a
disposition amount attributable to
foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss to a section 901(m)
payor and assign it to a U.S. taxable year
of the section 901(m) payor when there
is a mid-year transaction. Special rules
under proposed § 1.901(m)–5(g),
discussed in section VI.F of the
Explanation of Provisions section of this
preamble, allocate a disposition amount
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88567
to a section 901(m) payor and assign it
to a U.S. taxable year of the section
901(m) payor in certain cases in which
the RFA owner (U.S.) either is a reverse
hybrid or is a fiscally transparent entity
for both U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes that is directly or indirectly
owned by a reverse hybrid.
C. Rules for Allocating and Assigning a
Disposition Amount When the RFA
Owner (U.S.) Is a Fiscally Transparent
Entity
This section describes the rules for
allocating a disposition amount to a
section 901(m) payor when the RFA
owner (U.S.) is a fiscally transparent
entity for U.S. income tax purposes in
which a section 901(m) payor directly or
indirectly owns an interest, as well as
rules for assigning the allocated amount
to a U.S. taxable year of the section
901(m) payor.
The allocation rules (discussed in
sections VI.C.1 and 2 of the Explanation
of Provisions section of this preamble)
vary depending on whether the
disposition amount is attributable to
foreign disposition gain or loss or U.S.
disposition gain or loss. The rules for
determining the extent to which a
disposition amount is attributable to
foreign or U.S. disposition gain or loss
are discussed in section VI.C.3 of the
Explanation of Provisions section of this
preamble. The rules for assigning
allocated disposition amounts to a U.S.
taxable year of a section 901(m) payor
are discussed in section VI.C.4 of the
Explanation of Provisions section of this
preamble.
1. Allocation of a Disposition Amount
Attributable to Foreign Disposition Gain
or Foreign Disposition Loss
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d)(3) addresses
the allocation of a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss of an RFA.
These rules should be interpreted and
applied in a manner consistent with the
principle that a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss should be
allocated to a section 901(m) payor in
the same proportion that the gain or loss
is taken into account in computing a
foreign income tax amount that is paid
or accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, the section 901(m) payor.
This is because, for example, if an RFA
has a positive basis difference, a
disposition amount attributable to
foreign disposition gain represents an
amount of gain in years following the
CAA that is included in foreign income
but never included in U.S. taxable
income or earnings and profits because
of the step-up in the U.S. basis of the
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88568
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
RFA that occurred as a result of the
CAA. Accordingly, to the extent a
foreign disposition gain is taken into
account in computing a foreign income
tax amount, a portion of that foreign
income tax amount should be
disallowed as a foreign tax credit under
section 901(m). Similarly, if an RFA has
a negative basis difference and a foreign
disposition loss is taken into account in
computing a foreign income tax amount,
this should result in an offset to the
amount of the foreign income tax that
otherwise would be disallowed as a
foreign tax credit under section 901(m)
as a result of a positive basis difference
with respect to one or more other RFAs.
There are two separate rules for
identifying the extent to which a foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition
loss is taken into account in computing
a foreign income tax amount that is paid
or accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, a section 901(m) payor that
directly or indirectly owns an interest in
an RFA owner (U.S.) that is a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes. The first rule, which is
described in proposed § 1.901(m)–
5(d)(3)(ii), applies when the foreign
income tax amount is not allocated, for
example, when the foreign payor is the
section 901(m) payor. The second rule,
which is described in proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5(d)(3)(iii), applies when the
foreign income tax amount is allocated,
for example, under § 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii)
when the foreign payor is a partnership
for U.S. income tax purposes in which
the section 901(m) payor is a partner.
a. First Allocation Rule
The first allocation rule applies when
a section 901(m) payor, or a disregarded
entity directly owned by a section
901(m) payor, is a foreign payor whose
foreign income includes a distributive
share of the foreign income (that
includes the foreign disposition gain or
foreign disposition loss) of the RFA
owner (foreign). In this structure, the
entire foreign income tax amount
reflected on the foreign income tax
return of the foreign payor is paid or
accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, the section 901(m) payor.
This will be the case when the RFA
owner (U.S.) is treated as a fiscally
transparent entity not just for U.S.
income tax purposes, but also for
foreign income tax purposes, and the
section 901(m) payor directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the RFA
owner (U.S.), provided that, in the case
of indirect ownership, any entities in
the ownership chain between the
section 901(m) payor and the RFA
owner (U.S), or, when one or more
disregarded entities are directly owned
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
by the section 901(m) payor, between
the lowest-tier disregarded entity and
the RFA owner (U.S.), are fiscally
transparent for both U.S. and foreign
income tax purposes. In these cases, the
RFA owner (U.S.) and the RFA owner
(foreign) are the same entity, except in
the unusual case where the RFA owner
(U.S.) is an entity that is disregarded as
separate from its owner for foreign
income tax purposes.
The first allocation rule allocates a
portion of a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss, as
applicable, to the section 901(m) payor
proportionally to the amount of the
foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss that is included in the
foreign payor’s (in other words, the
section 901(m) payor or the disregarded
entity, as the case may be) distributive
share of the foreign income of the RFA
owner (foreign) for foreign income tax
purposes.
The following example illustrates the
first allocation rule. A domestic entity
that is a corporation for both U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes (corporate
partner) directly owns, for both U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes, an interest
in a foreign entity that is a partnership
for both U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes and that is the RFA owner
(U.S.) and the RFA owner (foreign). In
this case, when the partnership
recognizes foreign disposition gain with
respect to an RFA, the foreign income
tax amount with respect to such gain is
paid by the partners on their
distributive shares of the foreign income
of the partnership that includes the
foreign disposition gain. The corporate
partner, and not the partnership, is
therefore a foreign payor and a section
901(m) payor. Accordingly, under the
first allocation rule, a disposition
amount attributable to foreign
disposition gain is allocated to the
corporate partner proportionally to the
amount of the foreign disposition gain
that is included in the corporate
partner’s distributive share of the
foreign income of the partnership. Thus,
for example, if the partnership
recognizes $100 of foreign disposition
gain and 50 percent of that gain is
included in the corporate partner’s
distributive share of the foreign income
of the partnership, and the disposition
amount attributable to the foreign
disposition gain is $40, the corporate
partner would be allocated $20 of that
amount (50 percent of $40). The same
result would apply if the corporate
partner directly owned the partnership
interest through a disregarded entity
that is the foreign payor.
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
b. Second Allocation Rule
The second allocation rule applies
when, instead of a section 901(m) payor
or a disregarded entity directly owned
by a section 901(m) being a foreign
payor, a section 901(m) payor directly or
indirectly owns an interest in a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes (other than a disregarded
entity directly owned by the section
901(m) payor) that is a foreign payor
whose foreign income includes all or a
portion of the foreign income (that
includes the foreign disposition gain or
foreign disposition loss) of the RFA
owner (foreign). Therefore, the section
901(m) payor is considered to pay or
accrue only an allocated portion of the
foreign income tax amount reflected on
the foreign income tax return of the
foreign payor. This will be the case
when a section 901(m) payor directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the
foreign payor, and the foreign payor is
(i) the RFA owner (U.S.), (ii) another
fiscally transparent entity for U.S.
income tax purposes (other than a
disregarded entity directly owned by a
section 901(m) payor) that directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the RFA
owner (U.S.) for both U.S. and foreign
income tax purposes, or (iii) a
disregarded entity directly owned by the
RFA owner (U.S.). In each of these
cases, the entity subject to tax for
purposes of the foreign income tax (that
is, the foreign payor) is treated as a
fiscally transparent entity for U.S.
income tax purposes.
The mechanics of the second
allocation rule are different than those
of the first allocation rule. This is
because the second allocation rule
applies when neither the section 901(m)
payor, nor a disregarded entity directly
owned by a section 901(m) payor, is a
foreign payor that takes into account a
foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss for purposes of
calculating a foreign income tax
amount, but instead, for U.S. income tax
purposes, a foreign income tax amount
of the foreign payor is allocated to, and
considered paid or accrued by, the
section 901(m) payor. Accordingly, the
second allocation rule allocates a
portion of a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss, as
applicable, to the section 901(m) payor
proportionally to the amount of the
foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss that is included in the
allocable foreign income of the section
901(m) payor. As described in section
IV.A of the Explanation of Provisions
section of this preamble, allocable
foreign income is generally the portion
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
of foreign income of a foreign payor that
relates to the portion of the foreign
income tax amount of that foreign payor
that is allocated to and considered paid
or accrued by a section 901(m) payor.
The following example illustrates the
second allocation rule. A domestic
entity that is a corporation for both U.S.
and foreign income tax purposes
(corporate partner) directly owns an
interest in a foreign entity, the RFA
owner (U.S.) and RFA owner (foreign),
that is a partnership for U.S. income tax
purposes but a corporation for purposes
of a foreign income tax (a hybrid
partnership). In this case, when the
hybrid partnership recognizes foreign
disposition gain with respect to an RFA,
it is the hybrid partnership, rather than
the partners, that takes the gain into
account for purposes of calculating a
foreign income tax amount. The hybrid
partnership is therefore the foreign
payor. For U.S. income tax purposes, a
foreign income tax amount of the hybrid
partnership is allocated to, and
considered paid or accrued by, its
partners, including the corporate
partner that is a section 901(m) payor
(see §§ 1.702–1(a)(6), 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii),
and 1.901–2(f)(4)(i)). Under the second
allocation rule, a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain is
allocated to the corporate partner
proportionally to the amount of the
foreign disposition gain that is included
in the corporate partner’s allocable
foreign income. Thus, for example, if
the hybrid partnership pays a foreign
income tax amount of $30 on $200 of
foreign income that includes $100 of
foreign disposition gain and $15 of the
foreign income tax amount (50 percent
of $30) is allocated to and considered
paid by the corporate partner, the
corporate partner’s allocable foreign
income would be $100 (50 percent of
the $200 foreign income to which the
foreign income tax amount relates),
which would include $50 of foreign
disposition gain (50 percent of $100). If
the disposition amount attributable to
the foreign disposition gain is $60, the
corporate partner would be allocated
$30 of that amount ($60 multiplied by
50 percent, the portion of the total
foreign disposition gain that is included
in the corporate partner’s allocable
foreign income).
In this example, the analysis would be
similar if the corporate partner instead
indirectly owned the partnership
interest (for example through an uppertier partnership), because the corporate
partner would continue to be the section
901(m) payor and the hybrid
partnership would continue to be the
RFA owner (U.S.), the RFA owner
(foreign), and the foreign payor.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
2. Allocation of a Disposition Amount
Attributable to U.S. Disposition Gain or
U.S. Disposition Loss
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d)(4) addresses
the allocation of a disposition amount
attributable to U.S. disposition gain or
U.S. disposition loss. Such disposition
amounts are allocated to a section
901(m) payor based on the portion of
the U.S. disposition gain or U.S.
disposition loss (which are determined
at the level of the RFA owner (U.S.))
that is (or will be) included in the
section 901(m) payor’s distributive
share of the income of the RFA owner
(U.S.) for U.S. income tax purposes.
3. Determining the Extent to Which a
Disposition Amount Is Attributable to
Foreign or U.S. Disposition Gain or Loss
a. Positive Basis Difference
When an RFA has a positive basis
difference, a disposition amount arises
from a disposition of the RFA only if the
disposition results in a foreign
disposition gain or a U.S. disposition
loss (or both). To allocate such a
disposition amount to a section 901(m)
payor, it is necessary to determine the
extent to which the disposition amount
is attributable to foreign disposition gain
or U.S. disposition loss.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d)(5)(i)
provides that if the disposition results
in either a foreign disposition gain or a
U.S. disposition loss, but not both, the
entire disposition amount is attributable
to foreign disposition gain or U.S.
disposition loss, as applicable, even if
the disposition amount exceeds the
foreign disposition gain or the absolute
value of the U.S. disposition loss. If the
disposition results in both a foreign
disposition gain and a U.S. disposition
loss, the disposition amount is
attributable first to foreign disposition
gain to the extent thereof, and the excess
disposition amount, if any, is
attributable to the U.S. disposition loss,
even if the excess disposition amount
exceeds the absolute value of the U.S.
disposition loss. In the case of a
disposition that is fully taxable for both
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes, a
disposition amount may exceed the sum
of the foreign disposition gain and the
absolute value of the U.S. disposition
loss if, immediately before the CAA, the
foreign basis in the RFA was greater
than the U.S basis, and a foreign basis
election was not made.
b. Negative Basis Difference
When an RFA has a negative basis
difference, a disposition amount arises
from a disposition of the RFA only if the
disposition results in a foreign
disposition loss or a U.S. disposition
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88569
gain (or both). To allocate such a
disposition amount to a section 901(m)
payor, it is necessary to determine the
extent to which the disposition amount
is attributable to foreign disposition loss
or U.S. disposition gain.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d)(5)(ii)
provides rules for making this
determination when there is a negative
basis difference that are similar to those
provided in proposed § 1.901(m)–
5(d)(5)(i) for a positive basis difference.
4. Assigning a Disposition Amount to a
U.S. Taxable Year of a Section 901(m)
Payor
When a disposition amount is
allocated to a section 901(m) payor
under proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d),
proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d)(6) provides
that the disposition amount is assigned
to the U.S. taxable year of the section
901(m) payor that includes the last day
of the U.S. taxable year of the RFA
owner (U.S.) in which the disposition
occurs.
D. Special Allocation Rules for Certain
Section 743(b) CAAs
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(e) provides
that when a section 901(m) payor
acquires a partnership interest in a
section 743(b) CAA, including a section
743(b) CAA with respect to a lower-tier
partnership that results from a direct
acquisition by the section 901(m) payor
of an interest in an upper-tier
partnership, a cost recovery amount or
a disposition amount that arises from an
RFA with respect to that CAA is
allocated to the acquiring section
901(m) payor. These amounts are
assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the
section 901(m) payor that includes the
last day of the U.S. taxable year of the
partnership in which, in the case of a
cost recovery amount, the partnership
takes into account the corresponding
U.S. basis deduction, or, in the case of
a disposition amount, the disposition
occurs.
This special rule does not apply if it
is another partnership, and not a section
901(m) payor, that acquires a
partnership interest in a section 743(b)
CAA. In that case, the general rules for
allocating a cost recovery amount or
disposition amount when the RFA
owner (U.S.) is a fiscally transparent
entity apply.
E. Special Allocation Rules for Certain
Mid-Year Transactions
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(f) provides
rules for allocating a disposition amount
when there is a disposition of an RFA
during a foreign taxable year in which
the foreign payor is involved in a midyear transaction, and the disposition
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88570
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
results in foreign disposition gain or
foreign disposition loss that is allocated
under the principles of § 1.1502–76(b) to
the persons involved in the mid-year
transaction for purposes of allocating
the foreign income tax amount of the
foreign payor. A typical example is
when a section 901(m) payor owns a
disregarded entity that is both an RFA
owner (foreign) and the foreign payor,
and the disregarded entity sells the RFA
in the same year that the section 901(m)
payor sells the disregarded entity to
another section 901(m) payor. If the
RFA has positive unallocated basis
difference and there is foreign
disposition gain on the sale of the RFA,
the sale will give rise to a disposition
amount that will be used by the section
901(m) payors to calculate a disqualified
portion of the foreign income tax
amount reflected on the foreign income
tax return of the disregarded entity.
Pursuant to § 1.901–2(f)(4)(ii), that
foreign income tax amount must be
allocated between the buyer and seller
of the disregarded entity based on the
respective portions of foreign income
that are attributable under the principles
of § 1.1502–76(b) to the buyer’s and
seller’s respective periods of ownership
of the disregarded entity during its
foreign taxable year. Under proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5(f)(2), the disposition
amount attributable to foreign
disposition gain is similarly allocated
between the buyer and the seller based
on the principles in proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5(d), discussed in section
VI.C of the Explanation of Provisions
section of this preamble, that apply to
allocate a disposition amount when the
RFA owner (U.S.) is a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes.
F. Special Allocation Rules for Certain
Reverse Hybrids
Proposed § 1.901(m)–5(g) addresses
the allocation of cost recovery amounts
and disposition amounts when the RFA
owner (U.S.) is either a reverse hybrid
or a fiscally transparent entity for both
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes
that is directly or indirectly owned by
a reverse hybrid for U.S. and foreign
income tax purposes, and in either case,
a foreign payor directly or indirectly
owns an interest in the reverse hybrid
for foreign income tax purposes and
therefore includes in its foreign income
a distributive share of the foreign
income (that includes the foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition
loss) of the RFA owner (foreign). These
allocation rules are similar to the
allocation rules discussed in section
VI.C.1 of the Explanation of Provisions
section of this preamble that apply to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
allocate a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss when the
RFA owner (U.S.) is a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes. These rules are broader in
scope, however, because they apply to
allocate not just foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss, but rather,
both cost recovery amounts and entire
disposition amounts (which may be
attributable, in whole or in part, to U.S.
disposition gain or U.S. disposition
loss). This is because the basis
difference giving rise to such amounts
may not be taken into account in
computing U.S. taxable income or
earnings and profits of the owners of the
reverse hybrid until one or more
subsequent U.S. taxable years (for
example, upon the receipt of a
distribution of property from the reverse
hybrid).
These rules should be interpreted and
applied in a manner consistent with the
principle that a cost recovery amount or
a disposition amount (or both) should
be allocated to a section 901(m) payor
proportionally to the amount of the
foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign) that is taken into account in
computing a foreign income tax amount
of a foreign payor that is paid or accrued
by, or considered paid or accrued by,
the section 901(m) payor.
There are two separate rules for
allocating a cost recovery amount or
disposition amount to a section 901(m)
payor when the RFA owner (U.S.) either
is a reverse hybrid or a fiscally
transparent entity for both U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes that is
directly or indirectly owned by a reverse
hybrid for U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes. The first rule, which is
described in § 1.901(m)–5(g)(2), applies
when the foreign income tax amount is
not allocated, for example, when the
foreign payor is the section 901(m)
payor. The second rule, which is
described in § 1.901(m)–5(g)(3), applies
when the foreign income tax amount is
allocated, for example, under § 1.704–
1(b)(4)(viii) when the foreign payor is a
partnership for U.S. income tax
purposes in which the section 901(m)
payor is a partner.
1. First Allocation Rule
The first allocation rule applies when
a section 901(m) payor, or a disregarded
entity directly owned by a section
901(m) payor, is the foreign payor
whose foreign income includes a
distributive share of the foreign income
of the RFA owner (foreign). In this
structure, the entire foreign income tax
amount reflected on the foreign income
tax return of the foreign payor is paid or
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, the section 901(m) payor.
This will be the case when a section
901(m) payor directly or indirectly owns
an interest in the reverse hybrid,
provided that in the case of indirect
ownership, any entities in the
ownership chain between the section
901(m) payor and the reverse hybrid, or,
when one or more disregarded entities
are directly owned by the section
901(m) payor, between the lowest-tier
disregarded entity and the reverse
hybird, are fiscally transparent for both
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes.
In these cases, the RFA owner (U.S.) and
the RFA owner (foreign) are the same
entity, except in the unusual case where
the RFA owner (U.S.) is an entity that
is disregarded as separate from its
owner for foreign income tax purposes.
The first allocation rule allocates a
portion of a cost recovery amount or a
disposition amount to the section
901(m) payor proportionally to the
amount of the foreign income of the
RFA owner (foreign) that is included in
the foreign income of the foreign payor
(in other words, the section 901(m)
payor or the disregarded entity, as the
case may be).
The following example illustrates the
first allocation rule. A domestic entity
that is a corporation for both U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes (corporate
owner) owns an interest in a reverse
hybrid that is the RFA owner (U.S.) and
the RFA owner (foreign). A foreign
income tax amount with respect to the
foreign income of the reverse hybrid is
paid by the owners of the reverse hybrid
on their distributive shares of such
foreign income. The corporate owner,
and not the reverse hybrid, is therefore
a foreign payor and a section 901(m)
payor. Under the first allocation rule, a
cost recovery amount or a disposition
amount is allocated to the corporate
owner proportionally to the amount of
the foreign income of the reverse hybrid
that is included in the foreign income of
the corporate owner. Thus, for example,
if 50 percent of the foreign income of
the reverse hybrid is included in the
foreign income of the corporate owner,
the corporate owner would be allocated
50 percent of a cost recovery amount or
a disposition amount with respect to an
RFA owned by the reverse hybrid. The
same result would apply if the corporate
owner directly owned the interest in the
reverse hybrid through a disregarded
entity that is the foreign payor.
Alternatively, if the reverse hybrid
was not the RFA owner (foreign) but
instead the reverse hybrid owned an
interest in the RFA owner (U.S.) and
RFA owner (foreign), which is a
partnership for both U.S. and foreign
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
income tax purposes, and 60 percent of
the foreign income of the partnership is
included in the foreign income of the
reverse hybrid (and therefore 30 percent
(50 percent of 60 percent) of the foreign
income of the partnership is included in
the foreign income of the corporate
owner), the corporate owner would be
allocated 30 percent of a cost recovery
amount or a disposition amount with
respect to an RFA owned by the
partnership.
2. Second Allocation Rule
The second allocation rule applies
when instead of a section 901(m) payor,
or a disregarded entity directly owned
by a section 901(m) payor, being a
foreign payor, a section 901(m) payor
directly or indirectly owns an interest in
the foreign payor whose foreign income
includes a distributive share of the
foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign). Therefore, the section 901(m)
payor is considered to pay or accrue
only an allocated portion of the foreign
income tax amount reflected on the
foreign income tax return of the foreign
payor. This will be the case when the
foreign payor is a fiscally transparent
entity for U.S. income tax purposes
(other than a disregarded entity directly
owned by the section 901(m) payor) that
either directly or indirectly owns an
interest in the RFA owner (foreign) for
foreign income tax purposes. In these
cases, the RFA owner (U.S.) and the
RFA owner (foreign) are the same entity,
except in the unusual case where the
RFA owner (U.S.) is an entity that is
disregarded as separate from its owner
for foreign income tax purposes.
The mechanics of the second
allocation rule are different than those
of the first allocation rule. This is
because the second allocation rule
applies when neither a section 901(m)
payor, nor a disregarded entity directly
owned by a section 901(m) payor, is a
foreign payor that takes into account the
foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign) for purposes of calculating a
foreign income tax amount, but instead,
for U.S. income tax purposes, a foreign
income tax amount of the entity that is
the foreign payor is allocated to, and
considered paid or accrued by, the
section 901(m) payor. Accordingly, the
second allocation rule allocates a
portion of cost recovery amounts and
disposition amounts proportionally to
the amount of the foreign income of the
RFA owner (foreign) that is included in
the foreign income of the foreign payor
that is then included in the allocable
foreign income of the section 901(m)
payor. As described in section IV.A of
the Explanation of Provisions section of
this preamble, allocable foreign income
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
is generally the portion of foreign
income of a foreign payor that relates to
the portion of the foreign income tax
amount of that foreign payor that is
allocated to and considered paid or
accrued by a section 901(m) payor.
The following example illustrates the
second allocation rule. A domestic
entity that is a corporation for both U.S.
and foreign income tax purposes
(corporate partner) owns an interest in
an entity that is a partnership for U.S.
income tax purposes but a corporation
for foreign income tax purposes (hybrid
partnership), which, in turn, owns an
interest in a reverse hybrid that is the
RFA owner (U.S.) and the RFA owner
(foreign). A foreign income tax amount
with respect to the foreign income of the
reverse hybrid is paid by the owners of
the reverse hybrid on their distributive
shares of such foreign income.
Therefore, the hybrid partnership, rather
than its partners, is the foreign payor.
For U.S. income tax purposes, the
foreign income tax amount paid or
accrued by the hybrid partnership is
allocated to, and considered paid or
accrued by, the corporate partner that is
the section 901(m) payor (see §§ 1.702–
1(a)(6), 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii), and 1.901–
2(f)(4)(i)). Under the second allocation
rule, a cost recovery amount or a
disposition amount with respect to an
RFA owned by the reverse hybrid is
allocated to the corporate partner
proportionally to the amount of foreign
income of the reverse hybrid that is
taken into account in determining the
foreign income of the hybrid
partnership and then the allocable
foreign income of the corporate partner.
Thus, for example, if the reverse hybrid
has $500 of foreign income and the
hybrid partnership pays a foreign
income tax amount of $30 on $200 of
foreign income that includes a $100
distributive share of the foreign income
of the reverse hybrid (20 percent of
$500) and $15 of the foreign income tax
amount (50 percent of $30) is allocated
to and considered paid by the corporate
partner, then the corporate partner’s
allocable foreign income would be $100
(50 percent of the $200 foreign income
to which the foreign income tax amount
relates). A cost recovery amount or
disposition amount with respect to the
RFAs owned by the reverse hybrid
would be allocated 10 percent to the
corporate partner (the corporate
partner’s 50 percent share of the hybrid
partnership’s 20 percent share of the
reverse hybrid’s foreign income).
VII. Successor Rules
Proposed § 1.901(m)–6 provides
successor rules for applying section
901(m) following a transfer of RFAs that
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88571
have basis difference that has not yet
been fully taken into account (referred
to in the regulations as ‘‘unallocated
basis difference’’) as well as for
determining when an aggregate basis
difference carryover of a section 901(m)
payor either becomes an aggregate basis
difference carryover of the section
901(m) payor with respect to another
foreign payor or is transferred to another
section 901(m) payor.
A. Unallocated Basis Difference
Proposed § 1.901(m)–6(b)(1) and (2)
incorporate by cross reference the
successor rules set forth in the
temporary regulations, which provide
generally that section 901(m) continues
to apply to an RFA after it has been
transferred for U.S. income tax purposes
if the RFA continues to have
unallocated basis difference following
the transfer (a successor transaction).
Proposed § 1.901(m)–6(b)(3) sets forth
two clarifications for applying the
successor rules. First, if an asset is an
RFA with respect to more than one
foreign income tax, the successor rules
apply separately with respect to each
foreign income tax. Second, any
subsequent cost recovery amount for an
RFA transferred in a successor
transaction will be determined based on
the applicable cost recovery method that
applies to the U.S. basis (or portion
thereof) that corresponds to the
unallocated basis difference. Thus, if a
successor transaction restarts the
depreciation schedule for an RFA, the
transaction may result in unallocated
basis difference being taken into
account at a different recovery rate than
otherwise would have applied.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–6(b)(4)(iii) also
incorporates by cross reference the rule
set forth in the temporary regulations
that provides an exception to the
general rule when an RFA is subject to
multiple section 743(b) CAAs. See
section VI.B. of the Explanation of
Provisions section of the preamble to
the temporary regulations for a
discussion of those provisions.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–6(b)(4)(ii), which
is not included in the temporary
regulations, provides an exception to
the general successor rule if a foreign
basis election is made under proposed
§ 1.901(m)–4(c) with respect to a
subsequent CAA that otherwise would
trigger the rules for successor
transactions. If a foreign basis election is
made with respect to a foreign income
tax, the only basis difference that will be
taken into account after the subsequent
CAA with respect to that foreign income
tax is the basis difference determined
for the subsequent CAA.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88572
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
B. Aggregate Basis Difference Carryover
Proposed § 1.901(m)–6 provides
successor rules for aggregate basis
difference carryovers, the computation
of which is described in section IV.B of
the Explanation of Provisions section of
this preamble. An aggregate basis
difference carryover is treated as a tax
attribute of the section 901(m) payor
that retains its character as an aggregate
basis difference carryover with respect
to a foreign income tax and a foreign
payor and with respect to a separate
category, as described in § 1.904–4(m)
(including the section 904(d)
categories). When a section 901(m)
payor transfers its assets in a transaction
to which section 381 applies, proposed
§ 1.901(m)–6(c)(1) provides that any
aggregate basis difference carryovers of
the section 901(m) payor are transferred
to the corporation that succeeds to the
earnings and profits, if any. When
substantially all of the assets of one
foreign payor are transferred to another
foreign payor, both of which are directly
or indirectly owned by the same section
901(m) payor, proposed § 1.901(m)–
6(c)(2) provides that an aggregate basis
difference carryover of the section
901(m) payor with respect to the
transferor foreign payor becomes an
aggregate basis difference carryover of
the section 901(m) payor with respect to
the transferee foreign payor.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–6(c)(3) provides
an anti-abuse rule that would transfer an
aggregate basis difference carryover
when, with a principal purpose of
avoiding the application of section
901(m), there is a transfer of assets or a
change in either the allocation of foreign
income for foreign income tax purposes
or the allocation of foreign income tax
amounts for U.S. income tax purposes
that is intended to separate foreign
income tax amounts from the related
aggregate basis difference carryover.
This anti-abuse rule would apply, for
example, if, with the principal purpose
of avoiding the application of section
901(m), a partnership agreement is
amended in order to reduce the
allocation of foreign income to a partner
that is a section 901(m) payor with an
aggregate basis difference carryover.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
VIII. De Minimis Rules
Proposed § 1.901(m)–7 describes de
minimis rules under which certain basis
differences are not taken into account
for purposes of section 901(m). This
determination is made when an asset
subject to a CAA first becomes an RFA.
If that same asset is also an RFA by
reason of being subject to a subsequent
CAA, the de minimis tests are applied
only to the additional basis difference,
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
if any, that results from the subsequent
CAA. Accordingly, any unallocated
basis difference that arose from the prior
CAA that did not qualify for the de
minimis exemption at the time of the
prior CAA will not be retested at the
time of the subsequent CAA.
In general, a basis difference with
respect to an RFA is not taken into
account for purposes of section 901(m)
if either (i) the sum of the basis
differences for all RFAs with respect to
the CAA is less than the greater of $10
million or 10 percent of the total U.S.
basis of all RFAs immediately after the
CAA; or (ii) the RFA is part of a class
of RFAs for which the sum of the basis
differences of all RFAs in the class is
less than the greater of $2 million or 10
percent of the total U.S. basis of all
RFAs in the class. For this purpose, the
classes of RFAs are the seven asset
classes defined in § 1.338–6(b).
The Treasury Department and the IRS
decided that transactions between
related parties should be more tightly
regulated, and therefore, the threshold
dollar amounts and percentages to meet
the de minimis exemptions for related
party CAAs are lower than those for
unrelated party CAAs, replacing the
terms ‘‘$10 million,’’ ‘‘10 percent,’’ and
‘‘$2 million’’ wherever they occur with
the terms ‘‘$5 million,’’ ‘‘5 percent,’’ and
‘‘$1 million,’’ respectively. In addition,
an anti-abuse provision at proposed
§ 1.901(m)–7(e) denies application of
the de minimis exemptions to CAAs
between related parties that are entered
into or structured with a principal
purpose of avoiding the application of
section 901(m).
IX. Miscellaneous
Proposed § 1.901(m)–8(b) provides
that, when a foreign corporation
becomes a section 902 corporation for
the first time, as part of the required
reconstruction of the U.S. tax history of
the pre-1987 foreign income taxes of the
foreign corporation, section 901(m) and
these regulations must be applied to
determine any disqualified tax amounts
or aggregate basis difference carryovers
that apply to the foreign corporation.
Proposed § 1.901(m)–8(c) provides an
anti-abuse rule that applies to disregard
an RFA with a built-in loss to the extent
it relates to any asset acquisition
structured with a principal purpose to
use that RFA to avoid the application of
section 901(m). This rule may apply, for
example, if, with a principal purpose of
avoiding the application of section
901(m), an asset is acquired in a
transaction that preserves a built-in loss
in the asset for U.S. income tax
purposes but not for foreign income tax
purposes.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
X. Modifications to the Section 704(b)
Regulations Related to Section 901(m)
Section 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii) provides a
safe harbor under which allocations of
creditable foreign tax expenditures
(CFTEs) (as defined in § 1.704–
1(b)(4)(viii)(b)) by a partnership to its
partners are deemed to be in accordance
with the partners’ interests in the
partnership. In general, the purpose of
the safe harbor is to match allocations
of CFTEs with the income to which the
CFTEs relate. In order to apply the safe
harbor, a partnership must (1) determine
the partnership’s ‘‘CFTE categories,’’ (2)
determine the partnership’s net income
in each CFTE category, and (3) allocate
the partnership’s CFTEs to each
category. In order to satisfy the safe
harbor, partnership allocations of CFTEs
in a CFTE category must be
proportionate to the allocations of the
partnership’s net income in the CFTE
category.
A CFTE may be subject to section
901(m) because it is a foreign income
tax amount that is paid or accrued by a
partnership. Specifically, if a
partnership owns an RFA with respect
to a foreign income tax and that RFA
has a basis difference subject to section
901(m), a portion of a foreign income
tax amount paid or accrued by the
partnership that relates to that foreign
income tax may be disallowed as a
foreign tax credit under section 901(m)
in the hands of section 901(m) payors to
whom the foreign income tax amount is
allocated. The disqualified tax amount
is determined by taking into account
cost recovery amounts and disposition
amounts with respect to the RFA that
are allocated to those section 901(m)
payors pursuant to the rules provided in
proposed § 1.901(m)–5. In order to
ensure that the proper portion of a
foreign income tax amount paid or
accrued by a partnership is disallowed
under section 901(m), adjustments to
the net income (and the allocations of
that income) in a CFTE category that
includes items attributable to the RFA
are necessary in certain cases.
To illustrate such a case, assume a
domestic entity that is a partnership for
U.S. income tax purposes but a
corporation for purposes of a foreign
income tax (a hybrid partnership) is
owned by partner A and partner B, each
of which is a domestic entity that is a
corporation for both U.S. and foreign
income tax purposes. In this case, the
hybrid partnership is the foreign payor
and partners A and B are section 901(m)
payors. The hybrid partnership is the
RFA owner (U.S.) and the RFA owner
(foreign) with respect to a single asset
that is an RFA. Assume that in a given
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
year the hybrid partnership has 110u of
gross income for both U.S. and foreign
tax purposes and a 10u depreciation
deduction solely for U.S. income tax
purposes, which gives rise to a cost
recovery amount with respect to the
RFA (as determined under proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5(b)(2)). All partnership
items are allocated equally to partners A
and B, except that the entire 10u U.S.
depreciation deduction is allocated to
partner A. Thus, partner A’s distributive
share of income is 45u (110u × 50%,
less 10u) and partner B’s distributive
share of income is 55u (110u × 50%).
Because the entire U.S. depreciation
deduction is (or will be included) in
partner A’s distributive share of income
for U.S. income tax purposes, the entire
cost recovery amount that corresponds
to the U.S. depreciation deduction of
10u is allocated to partner A. See
proposed § 1.901(m)–5(d)(2). As a result,
Partner A will take into account the 10u
cost recovery amount in calculating a
disqualified tax amount with respect to
the portion of the relevant foreign
income tax amount paid or accrued by
the hybrid partnership and allocated to
partner A under the CFTE allocation
rules. In order to ensure that the portion
of the foreign income tax amount paid
or accrued by the hybrid partnership
that is attributable to the 10u basis
difference is properly subject to section
901(m), the U.S. depreciation deduction
should not be taken into account under
the CFTE allocation rules so that the
portion of the foreign income tax
amount attributable to the 10u basis
difference is allocated to partner A.
Accordingly, the net income of the
CFTE category that includes the U.S.
basis deduction should be increased by
10u (from 100u to 110u) to back out the
portion of the U.S. depreciation
deduction that corresponds to the cost
recovery amount, and partner A’s share
of that net income should be increased
by 10u (from 45u to 55u). In this
example, as a result of the adjustment,
the foreign income tax amount paid or
accrued by the hybrid partnership will
be allocated equally between partner A
and partner B, because they each will
have a 50-percent share of the net
income in the CFTE category, as
adjusted. Absent the adjustment, a
portion of the foreign income tax
amount attributable to the 10u basis
difference would be allocated to partner
B, a person that is not subject to section
901(m) (because no cost recovery
amount is allocated to partner B).
No modification to the safe harbor is
necessary to address cost recovery
amounts and disposition amounts
attributable to section 743(b)
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
adjustments that are allocated to
partners under proposed § 1.901(m)–5(e)
(which applies when a section 901(m)
payor acquires a partnership interest in
a section 743(b) CAA), because, in these
cases, § 1.704–1T(b)(4)(viii)(c)(3)(i)
already provides that the partnership
determines net income in a CFTE
category without regard to section
743(b) adjustments that its partners may
have to the basis of property of the
partnership. However, as discussed in
section VI.D of the Explanation of
Provisions section of this preamble,
proposed § 1.901(m)–5(e) does not apply
when another partnership (which by
definition cannot be a section 901(m)
payor) acquires a partnership interest in
a section 743(b) CAA. Thus,
modification to the safe harbor is
necessary for all CAAs other than those
section 743(b) CAAs described in
proposed § 1.901(m)–5(e).
Accordingly, these proposed
regulations add special rules under
proposed § 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v),
(vi), and (vii) to address partnership
items that give rise to cost recovery
amounts and disposition amounts
attributable to CAAs (other than section
743(b) CAAs described in proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5(e)). Specifically, these
rules provide that, if an RFA has a
positive basis difference, net income in
a CFTE category that takes into account
partnership items of income, deduction,
gain, or loss attributable to the RFA
(applicable CFTE category) is increased
by the sum of the cost recovery amounts
and disposition amounts attributable to
U.S. disposition loss that correspond to
those partnership items. Furthermore, to
the extent a partner is allocated those
cost recovery amounts or disposition
amounts attributable to U.S. disposition
loss, that partner’s share of the net
income in the CFTE category is
increased by the same amount.
Alternatively, if an RFA has a negative
basis difference, the net income in the
applicable CFTE category is decreased
by the sum of the cost recovery amounts
and disposition amounts attributable to
U.S. disposition gain that correspond to
partnership items in that CFTE category.
Furthermore, to the extent a partner is
allocated those cost recovery amounts or
disposition amounts attributable to U.S.
disposition gain, that partner’s share of
the net income in the CFTE category is
decreased by the same amount.
XI. Effective/Applicability Dates
These proposed regulations will apply
to CAAs occurring on or after the date
of publication of the Treasury decision
adopting these rules as final regulations
in the Federal Register. Taxpayers may,
however, rely on the proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88573
regulations prior to the date the
regulations are applicable provided that
they both consistently apply proposed
§ 1.901(m)–2 (excluding § 1.901(m)–
2(d)) to all CAAs occurring on or after
December 7, 2016 and consistently
apply proposed § 1.901(m)–1 and
§§ 1.901(m)–3 through 1.901(m)–8
(excluding § 1.901(m)–4(e)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after January 1, 2011.
For this purpose, persons that are
related (within the meaning of section
267(b) or 707(b)) will be treated as a
single taxpayer.
Special Analyses
Certain IRS regulations, including
these, are exempt from the requirements
of Executive Order 12866, as
supplemented and reaffirmed by
Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a
regulatory impact assessment is not
required. It has also been determined
that the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5
U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply
because the regulations do not impose a
collection of information on small
entities. Pursuant to section 7805(f),
these regulations will be submitted to
the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the
Small Business Administration for
comment on its impact on small
business.
Comments and Requests for Public
Hearing
Before these proposed regulations are
adopted as final regulations,
consideration will be given to any
comments that are submitted timely to
the IRS as prescribed in this preamble
under ADDRESSES. The Treasury
Department and the IRS request
comments on all aspects of the proposed
rules. All comments will be available at
www.regulations.gov or upon request. A
public hearing will be scheduled if
requested in writing by any person that
timely submits comments. If a public
hearing is scheduled, notice of the date,
time, and place for the public hearing
will be published in the Federal
Register.
Drafting Information
The principal author of these
regulations is Jeffrey L. Parry of the
Office of Associate Chief Counsel
(International). However, other
personnel from the Treasury
Department and the IRS participated in
their development.
List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88574
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
Proposed Amendments to the
Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is
proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 1—INCOME TAXES
Paragraph 1. The authority citation
for part 1 is amended by adding entries
in numerical order to read as follows:
■
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Sections 1.901(m)–1 through –8 also issued
under 26 U.S.C. 901(m)(7).* * *
Section 1.901(m)–5 also issued under 26
U.S.C. 901(m)(3)(B)(ii). * * *
Par. 2. Section 1.704–1, as proposed
to be amended at 81 FR 5967, February
4, 2016, is further amended by adding
two sentences at the end of paragraph
(b)(1)(ii)(b)(1) and by adding paragraphs
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vii) to read as follows:
■
§ 1.704–1
Partner’s distributive share.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
*
*
*
*
*
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * * Paragraphs
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii) of this
section apply to covered asset
acquisitions (CAAs) (as defined in
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(8)) occurring on or after
the date of publication of a Treasury
decision adopting these rules as final
regulations in the Federal Register.
Taxpayers may, however, rely on
paragraphs (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through
(vii) of this section prior to the date
paragraphs (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through
(vii) of this section are applicable
provided that they consistently apply
paragraphs (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through
(vii) of this section, § 1.901(m)–1, and
§§ 1.901(m)–3 through 1.901(m)–8
(excluding § 1.901(m)–4(e)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after January 1, 2011,
and consistently apply § 1.901(m)–2
(excluding § 1.901(m)–2(d)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after December 7, 2016.
*
*
*
*
*
(4) * * *
(viii) * * *
(c) * * *
(4) * * *
(v) Adjustments related to section
901(m). If one or more assets owned by
a partnership are relevant foreign assets
(or RFAs) with respect to a foreign
income tax, then, solely for purposes of
applying the safe harbor provisions of
paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(a)(1) of this
section to allocations of CFTEs with
respect to that foreign income tax, the
net income in a CFTE category that
includes partnership items of income,
deduction, gain, or loss attributable to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
the RFA shall be increased by the
amount described in paragraph
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vi) of this section and
reduced by the amount described in
paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vii) of this
section. Similarly, a partner’s CFTE
category share of income shall be
increased by the portion of the amount
described in paragraph
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vi) of this section that is
allocated to the partner under
§ 1.901(m)–5(d) and reduced by the
portion of the amount described in
paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vii) of this
section that is allocated to the partner
under § 1.901(m)–5(d). The principles of
this paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) apply
similarly when a partnership owns an
RFA indirectly through one or more
other partnerships. For purposes of
paragraphs (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v),
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vi), and
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vii) of this section, basis
difference is defined in § 1.901(m)–4,
cost recovery amount is defined in
§ 1.901(m)–5(b)(2), disposition amount
is defined in § 1.901(m)–5(c)(2), foreign
income tax is defined in § 1.901(m)–
1(a)(21), RFA is defined in § 1.901(m)–
2(c), U.S. disposition gain is defined in
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(43), and U.S.
disposition loss is defined in
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(44).
(vi) Adjustment amounts for RFAs
with a positive basis difference. With
respect to RFAs with a positive basis
difference, the amount referenced in
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) is the sum of any cost
recovery amounts and disposition
amounts attributable to U.S. disposition
loss that correspond to partnership
items that are included in the net
income in the CFTE category and that
are taken into account for the U.S.
taxable year of the partnership under
§ 1.901(m)–5(d).
(vii) Adjustment amounts for RFAs
with a negative basis difference. With
respect to RFAs with a negative basis
difference, the amount referenced in
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) is the sum of any cost
recovery amounts and disposition
amounts attributable to U.S. disposition
gain that correspond to partnership
items that are included in the net
income in the CFTE category and that
are taken into account for the U.S.
taxable year of the partnership under
§ 1.901(m)–5(d).
*
*
*
*
*
■ Par. 3. Section 1.901(m)–1 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.901(m)–1
Definitions.
(a) Definitions. [The text of proposed
§ 1.901(m)–1(a) is the same as the text
of § 1.901(m)–1T(a) published elsewhere
in this issue of the Federal Register.]
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
(1) The term aggregate basis
difference means, with respect to a
foreign income tax and a foreign payor,
the sum of the allocated basis
differences for a U.S. taxable year of a
section 901(m) payor, plus any aggregate
basis difference carryover from the
immediately preceding U.S. taxable year
of the section 901(m) payor with respect
to the foreign income tax and foreign
payor, as adjusted under § 1.901(m)–
6(c). For purposes of this definition, if
foreign law imposes tax on the
combined income (within the meaning
of § 1.901–2(f)(3)(ii)) of two or more
foreign payors, all foreign payors whose
items of income, deduction, gain, or loss
are included in the U.S. taxable income
or earnings and profits of the section
901(m) payor are treated as a single
foreign payor. Aggregate basis difference
is determined with respect to each
separate category described in § 1.904–
4(m).
(2) The term aggregate basis
difference carryover has the meaning
provided in § 1.901(m)–3(c).
(3) The term aggregated CAA
transaction means a series of related
CAAs occurring as part of a plan.
(4) The term allocable foreign income
means the portion of foreign income of
a foreign payor that relates to the foreign
income tax amount of the foreign payor
that is paid or accrued by, or considered
paid or accrued by, a section 901(m)
payor.
(5) The term allocated basis difference
means, with respect to an RFA and a
foreign income tax, the sum of the cost
recovery amounts and disposition
amounts assigned to a U.S. taxable year
of the section 901(m) payor under
§ 1.901(m)–5.
(6) through (8) [The text of proposed
§§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(6) through (8) is the
same as the text of §§ 1.901(m)–1T(a)(6)
through (8) published elsewhere in this
issue of the Federal Register.]
(9) The term cumulative basis
difference exemption has the meaning
provided in § 1.901(m)–7(b)(2).
(10) through (11) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(10) through
(11) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–1T(a)(10) through (11)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(12) The term disqualified tax amount
has the meaning provided in
§ 1.901(m)–3(b).
(13) through (14) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(13) through
(14) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–1T(a)(13) through (14)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
(15) The term foreign basis means the
adjusted basis of an asset determined for
purposes of a foreign income tax.
(16) The term foreign basis election
has the meaning provided in
§ 1.901(m)–4(c).
(17) The term foreign country
creditable tax (or FCCT) means, with
respect to a foreign income tax amount,
the amount of income, war profits, or
excess profits tax paid or accrued to a
foreign country or possession of the
United States and claimed as a foreign
tax credit for purposes of determining
the foreign income tax amount. To
qualify as a FCCT, the tax imposed by
the foreign country or possession must
be a foreign income tax or a withholding
tax determined on a gross basis as
described in section 901(k)(1)(B).
(18) through (21) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(18) through
(21) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–1T(a)(18) through (21)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(22) The term foreign income tax
amount means, with respect to a foreign
income tax, the amount of tax
(including an amount of tax that is zero)
reflected on a foreign tax return (as
properly amended or adjusted). If
foreign law imposes tax on the
combined income (within the meaning
of § 1.901–2(f)(3)(ii)) of two or more
foreign payors, however, a foreign
income tax amount means the amount
of tax imposed on the combined
income, regardless of whether the tax is
reflected on a single foreign tax return.
(23) The term foreign payor means an
individual or entity (including a
disregarded entity) subject to a foreign
income tax. If a foreign income tax
imposes tax on the combined income
(within the meaning of § 1.901–
2(f)(3)(ii)) of two or more individuals or
entities, each such individual or entity
is a foreign payor. An individual or
entity may be a foreign payor with
respect to more than one foreign income
tax for purposes of applying section
901(m).
(24) The term foreign taxable year
means a taxable year for purposes of a
foreign income tax.
(25) The term mid-year transaction
means a transaction in which a foreign
payor that is a corporation or a
disregarded entity has a change in
ownership or makes an election
pursuant to § 301.7701–3 to change its
entity classification, or a transaction in
which a foreign payor that is a
partnership terminates under section
708(b)(1), provided in each case that the
foreign payor’s foreign taxable year does
not close as a result of the transaction,
and, if the foreign payor is a corporation
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
or a partnership, the foreign payor’s U.S.
taxable year closes.
(26) through (28) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(26) through
(28) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–1T(a)(26) through (28)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(29) The term reverse hybrid has the
meaning provided in § 1.909–2(b)(1)(iv).
(30) The term RFA class exemption
has the meaning provided in
§ 1.901(m)–7 (b)(3).
(31) The term RFA owner (U.S.)
means a person that owns an RFA for
U.S. income tax purposes.
(32) The term RFA owner (foreign)
means an individual or entity (including
a disregarded entity) that owns an RFA
for purposes of a foreign income tax.
(33) through (34) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(33) through
(34) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–1T(a)(33) through (34)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(35) The term section 901(m) payor
means a person eligible to claim the
foreign tax credit allowed under section
901(a), regardless of whether the person
chooses to claim the foreign tax credit,
as well as a section 902 corporation (as
defined in section 909(d)(5)). If
members of a U.S. affiliated group of
corporations (as defined in section
1504) file a consolidated return, each
member is a separate section 901(m)
payor. If individuals file a joint return,
those individuals are treated as a single
section 901(m) payor.
(36) through (38) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(36) through
(38) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–1T(a)(36) through (38)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(39) The term tentative disqualified
tax amount has the meaning provided
in § 1.901(m)–3(b)(2).
(40) through (41) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(40) through
(41) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–1T(a)(40) through (41)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(42) The term U.S. basis deduction
has the meaning provided in
§ 1.901(m)–5(b)(3).
(43) through (45) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(43) through
(45) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–1T(a)(43) through (45)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(b) Effective/applicability date. (1)
Paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (9),
(12), (15), (16), (17), (22), (23), (24), (25),
(29), (30), (31), (32), (35), (39), and (42)
of this section apply to CAAs occurring
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88575
on or after the date of publication of the
Treasury decision adopting these rules
as final regulations in the Federal
Register.
(2) [The text of proposed § 1.901(m)–
1(b)(2) is the same as the text of
§ 1.901(m)–1T(b)(2) published
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on
this section prior to the date this section
is applicable provided that they both
consistently apply this section, § 1.704–
1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii), and
§§ 1.901(m)–3 through 1.901(m)–8
(excluding § 1.901(m)–4(e)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after January 1, 2011,
and consistently apply § 1.901(m)–2
(excluding § 1.901(m)–2(d)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after December 7, 2016.
For this purpose, persons that are
related (within the meaning of section
267(b) or 707(b)) will be treated as a
single taxpayer.
■ Par. 4. Section 1.901(m)–2 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.901(m)–2 Covered asset acquisitions
and relevant foreign assets.
(a) through (b)(3) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–2(a) through
(b)(3) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–2T(a) through (b)(3)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(4) Any transaction (or series of
transactions occurring pursuant to a
plan) to the extent it is treated as an
acquisition of assets for purposes of U.S.
income tax and as the acquisition of an
interest in a fiscally transparent entity
for purposes of a foreign income tax;
(5) Any transaction (or series of
transactions occurring pursuant to a
plan) to the extent it is treated as a
partnership distribution of one or more
assets the U.S. basis of which is
determined by section 732(b) or 732(d)
or which causes the U.S. basis of the
partnership’s remaining assets to be
adjusted under section 734(b), provided
the transaction results in an increase in
the U.S. basis of one or more of the
assets distributed by the partnership or
retained by the partnership without a
corresponding increase in the foreign
basis of such assets; and
(6) Any transaction (or series of
transactions occurring pursuant to a
plan) to the extent it is treated as an
acquisition of assets for purposes of
both U.S. income tax and a foreign
income tax, provided the transaction
results in an increase in the U.S. basis
without a corresponding increase in the
foreign basis of one or more assets.
(c) Relevant foreign asset—(1) [The
text of proposed § 1.901(m)–2(c)(1) is
the same as the text of § 1.901(m)–
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88576
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
2T(c)(1) published elsewhere in this
issue of the Federal Register.]
(2) RFA status with respect to a
foreign income tax. An asset is relevant
in determining foreign income if
income, deduction, gain, or loss
attributable to the asset is taken into
account in determining foreign income
immediately after the CAA, or would be
taken into account in determining
foreign income immediately after the
CAA if the asset were to give rise to
income, deduction, gain, or loss at such
time.
(3) Subsequent RFA status with
respect to another foreign income tax.
After a CAA, an asset will become an
RFA with respect to another foreign
income tax if, pursuant to a plan or
series of related transactions that have a
principal purpose of avoiding the
application of section 901(m), an asset
that was not relevant in determining
foreign income for purposes of that
foreign income tax immediately after the
CAA becomes relevant in determining
such foreign income. A principal
purpose of avoiding section 901(m) will
be deemed to exist if income, deduction,
gain, or loss attributable to the asset is
taken into account in determining such
foreign income within the one-year
period following the CAA, or would be
taken into account in determining such
foreign income during such time if the
asset were to give rise to income,
deduction, gain, or loss within the oneyear period.
(d) [The text of proposed § 1.901(m)–
2(d) is the same as the text of
§ 1.901(m)–2T(d) published elsewhere
in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(e) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this section:
Example 1. CAA involving an acquisition
of a partnership interest for foreign income
tax purposes—(i) Facts. (A) FPS is an entity
organized in Country F that is treated as a
partnership for both U.S. and Country F
income tax purposes. FPS is owned 50/50 by
FC1 and FC2, each of which is a corporation
organized in Country F and treated as a
corporation for both U.S. and Country F
income tax purposes. FPS has a single asset,
Asset A. USP, a domestic corporation, owns
all the interests in DE, a disregarded entity.
(B) Pursuant to the same transaction, USP
acquires FC1’s interest in FPS, and DE
acquires FC2’s interest in FPS. For U.S.
income tax purposes, with respect to USP,
the acquisition of the interests in FPS is
treated as the acquisition of Asset A by USP.
See Rev. Rul. 99–6, 1999–1 C.B. 432. For
Country F tax purposes, the acquisitions of
the interests of FPS by USP and DE are
treated as acquisitions of partnership
interests.
(ii) Result. The transaction is a CAA under
paragraph (b)(4) of this section because it is
treated as the acquisition of Asset A for U.S.
income tax purposes and the acquisition of
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
interests in a partnership for Country F tax
purposes.
Example 2. CAA involving an asset
acquisition for purposes of both U.S. income
tax and a foreign income tax—(i) Facts. (A)
USP, a domestic corporation, wholly owns
CFC1, a foreign corporation, and CFC1
wholly owns CFC2, also a foreign
corporation. CFC1 and CFC2 are organized in
Country F. CFC1 owns Asset A.
(B) In an exchange described in section
351, CFC1 transfers Asset A to CFC2 in
exchange for CFC2 common stock and cash.
CFC1 recognizes gain on the exchange under
section 351(b). Under section 362(a), CFC2’s
U.S. basis in Asset A is increased by the gain
recognized by CFC1. For Country F tax
purposes, gain or loss is not recognized on
the transfer of Asset A to CFC2, and therefore
there is no increase in the foreign basis in
Asset A.
(ii) Result. The transaction is a CAA under
paragraph (b)(6) of this section because it is
treated as an acquisition of Asset A by CFC2
for both U.S. and Country F income tax
purposes, and it results in an increase in the
U.S. Basis of Asset A without a
corresponding increase in the foreign basis of
Asset A.
Example 3. RFA status determined
immediately after CAA; application of
principal purpose rule—(i) Facts. (A) USP1
and USP2 are unrelated domestic
corporations. USP1 wholly owns USSub, also
a domestic corporation. On January 1 of Year
1, USP2 acquires all of the stock of USSub
from USP1 in a qualified stock purchase (as
defined in section 338(d)(3)) to which section
338(a) applies. Immediately after the
acquisition, none of the income, deduction,
gain, or loss attributable to any of the assets
of USSub is taken into account in
determining foreign income for purposes of
a foreign income tax nor would such items
be taken into account in determining foreign
income for purposes of a foreign income tax
immediately after the acquisition if such
assets were to give rise to income, deduction,
gain, or loss immediately after the
acquisition.
(B) On December 1 of Year 1, USSub
contributes all its assets to FSub, its wholly
owned subsidiary, which is a corporation for
both U.S. and Country X income tax
purposes, in a transfer described in section
351 (subsequent transfer). USSub recognizes
no gain or loss for U.S. or Country X income
tax purposes as a result of the subsequent
transfer. As a result of the subsequent
transfer, income, deduction, gain, or loss
attributable to the assets of USSub that were
transferred to FSub is taken into account in
determining foreign income of FSub for
Country X tax purposes.
(ii) Result. (A) Under paragraph (b)(1) of
this section, the acquisition by USP2 of the
stock of USSub is a section 338 CAA. Under
paragraph (c)(1) of this section, none of the
assets of USSub are RFAs immediately after
the CAA, because none of the income,
deduction, gain, or loss attributable to such
assets is taken into account for purposes of
determining foreign income with respect to
any foreign income tax immediately after the
CAA (nor would such items be taken into
account for purposes of determining foreign
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
income immediately after the CAA if such
assets were to give rise to income, deduction,
gain, or loss at such time).
(B) Although the subsequent transfer is not
a CAA under paragraph (b) of this section,
the subsequent transfer causes the assets of
USSub to become relevant in the hands of
FSub in determining foreign income for
Country X tax purposes. Because the
subsequent transfer occurred within the oneyear period following the CAA, it is
presumed to have a principal purpose of
avoiding section 901(m). Accordingly, under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the assets of
USSub with respect to the CAA occurring on
January 1 of Year 1 become RFAs with
respect to Country X tax as a result of the
subsequent transfer. Thus, a basis difference
with respect to Country X tax must be
computed for the RFAs and taken into
account under section 901(m).
(f) Effective/applicability date. (1)
[The text of proposed § 1.901(m)–2(f)(1)
is the same as the text of § 1.901(m)–
2T(f)(1) published elsewhere in this
issue of the Federal Register.]
(2) Paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(6),
(c)(2), (c)(3), and (e) of this section apply
to CAAs occurring on or after the date
of publication of the Treasury decision
adopting these rules as final regulations
in the Federal Register.
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on
this section prior to the date this section
is applicable provided that they both
consistently apply this section
(excluding paragraph (d) of this section)
to all CAAs occurring on or after
December 7, 2016 and consistently
apply § 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v)
through (vii), § 1.901(m)–1, and
§§ 1.901(m)–3 through 1.901(m)–8
(excluding § 1.901(m)–4(e)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after January 1, 2011.
For this purpose, persons that are
related (within the meaning of section
267(b) or 707(b)) will be treated as a
single taxpayer.
■ Par. 5. Section 1.901(m)–3 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.901(m)–3 Disqualified tax amount and
aggregate basis difference carryover.
(a) In general. If a section 901(m)
payor has an aggregate basis difference,
with respect to a foreign income tax and
a foreign payor, for a U.S. taxable year,
the section 901(m) payor must
determine the portion of a foreign
income tax amount that is disqualified
under section 901(m) (disqualified tax
amount). Paragraph (b) of this section
provides rules for determining the
disqualified tax amount. Paragraph (c)
of this section provides rules for
determining what portion, if any, of
aggregate basis difference will be carried
forward to the next U.S. taxable year
(aggregated basis difference carryover).
Paragraph (d) of this section provides
the effective/applicability date.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
(b) Disqualified tax amount—(1) In
general. A section 901(m) payor’s
disqualified tax amount is not taken into
account in determining the credit
allowed under section 901(a). If the
section 901(m) payor is a section 902
corporation, the disqualified tax amount
is not taken into account for purposes of
section 902 or 960. Sections 78 and 275
do not apply to the disqualified tax
amount. The disqualified tax amount is
allowed as a deduction to the extent
otherwise deductible (see sections 164,
212, and 964 and the regulations under
those sections).
(2) Determination of disqualified tax
amount—(i) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this
section, the disqualified tax amount is
equal to the lesser of the foreign income
tax amount that is paid or accrued by,
or considered paid or accrued by, the
section 901(m) payor for the U.S.
taxable year or the tentative disqualified
tax amount. All calculations are
determined with respect to each
separate category described in § 1.904–
4(m).
(ii) Tentative disqualified tax amount.
The tentative disqualified tax amount is
equal to the amount determined under
paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section
reduced (but not below zero) by the
amount described in paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
(A) The product of—
(1) The sum of the foreign income tax
amount and the FCCTs that are paid or
accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, the section 901(m) payor,
and
(2) A fraction, the numerator of which
is the aggregate basis difference, but not
in excess of the allocable foreign
income, and the denominator of which
is the allocable foreign income.
(B) The amount of the FCCT that is a
disqualified tax amount of the section
901(m) payor with respect to another
foreign income tax.
(iii) Allocable foreign income—(A) No
allocation required. Except as provided
in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(D) of this section,
if the entire foreign income tax amount
is paid or accrued by, or considered
paid or accrued by, a single section
901(m) payor, then the allocable foreign
income is equal to the entire foreign
income, determined with respect to
each separate category described in
§ 1.904–4(m).
(B) Allocation required. Except as
provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(D) of
this section, if the foreign income tax
amount is allocated to, and considered
paid or accrued by, more than one
person, a section 901(m) payor’s
allocable foreign income is equal to the
portion of the foreign income that
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
relates to the foreign income tax amount
allocated to that section 901(m) payor,
determined with respect to each
separate category described in § 1.904–
4(m).
(C) Rules for allocations. This
paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(C) provides
allocation rules that apply to determine
allocable foreign income in certain
cases.
(1) If the foreign payor is involved in
a mid-year transaction and the foreign
income tax amount is allocated under
§ 1.336–2(g)(3)(ii), 1.338–9(d), or 1.901–
2(f)(4), then, to the extent any portion of
the foreign income tax amount is
allocated to, and considered paid or
accrued by, a section 901(m) payor, the
allocable foreign income of the section
901(m) payor is determined in
accordance with the principles of
§ 1.1502–76(b). To the extent the foreign
income tax amount is allocated to an
entity that is a partnership for U.S.
income tax purposes, a portion of the
foreign income is first allocated to the
partnership in accordance with the
principles of § 1.1502–76(b), which is
then allocated under the rules of
paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(C)(2) of this section
to determine the allocable foreign
income of a section 901(m) payor that
owns an interest in the partnership
directly or indirectly through one or
more other partnerships for U.S. income
tax purposes.
(2) If the foreign income tax amount
is considered paid or accrued by a
section 901(m) payor for a U.S. taxable
year under § 1.702–1(a)(6), the
determination of the allocable foreign
income must be consistent with the
allocation of the foreign income tax
amount that relates to the foreign
income. See § 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii).
(3) If the foreign income tax amount
that is allocated to, and considered paid
or accrued by, a section 901(m) payor
for a U.S. taxable year is determined
under § 1.901–2(f)(3)(i), the allocable
foreign income is determined in
accordance with § 1.901–2(f)(3)(iii).
(D) Failure to substantiate allocable
foreign income. If, pursuant to section
901(m)(3)(A), a section 901(m) payor
fails to substantiate its allocable foreign
income to the satisfaction of the
Secretary, then allocable foreign income
will equal the amount determined by
dividing the sum of the foreign income
tax amount and the FCCTs that are paid
or accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, the section 901(m) payor, by
the highest marginal tax rate applicable
to income of the foreign payor under
foreign tax law.
(iv) Special rule. A section 901(m)
payor’s disqualified tax amount is zero
for a U.S. taxable year if:
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88577
(A) The section 901(m) payor’s
aggregate basis difference for the U.S.
taxable year is a negative amount;
(B) Foreign income is less than or
equal to zero for the foreign taxable year
of the foreign payor; or
(C) The foreign income tax amount
that is paid or accrued by, or considered
paid or accrued by, the section 901(m)
payor for the U.S. taxable year is zero.
(3) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of paragraph (b)(2) of
this section. For purposes of all the
examples, unless otherwise specified:
USP is a domestic corporation. CFC1,
CFC2, DE1, and DE2 are organized in
Country F and are treated as
corporations for Country F tax purposes.
CFC1 and CFC2 are section 902
corporations (as defined in section
909(d)(5)). DE1 and DE2 are disregarded
entities. USP, CFC1, and CFC2 have a
calendar year for both U.S. and Country
F income tax purposes, and DE1 and
DE2 have a calendar year for Country F
tax purposes. Country F and Country G
each impose a single tax that is a foreign
income tax . CFC1, CFC2, DE1, and DE2
each have a functional currency of the
u with respect to all activities. At all
relevant times, 1u equals $1. All
amounts are stated in millions. The
examples assume that the applicable
cost recovery method for property
results in basis being recovered ratably
over the life of the property beginning
on the first day of the U.S. taxable year
in which the property is acquired or
placed into service; there is a single
§ 1.904–4(m) separate category with
respect to a foreign income and foreign
income tax amount; and a section
901(m) payor properly substantiates its
allocable foreign income to the
satisfaction of the Secretary.
Example 1. Determining aggregate basis
difference; multiple foreign payors—(i) Facts.
CFC1 wholly owns CFC2 and DE1. DE1
wholly owns DE2. Assume that the tax laws
of Country F do not allow combined income
reporting or the filing of consolidated income
tax returns. Accordingly, CFC1, CFC2, DE1,
and DE2 file separate tax returns for Country
F tax purposes. USP acquires all of the stock
of CFC1 in a qualified stock purchase (as
defined in section 338(d)(3)) to which section
338(a) applies for both CFC1 and CFC2.
(ii) Result. (A) The acquisition of CFC1
gives rise to four separate CAAs under
§ 1.901(m)–2(b). The acquisition of the stock
of CFC1 and the deemed acquisition of the
stock of CFC2 under section 338(h)(3)(B) is
each a Section 338 CAA under § 1.901(m)–
2(b)(1). Furthermore, because the deemed
acquisition of the assets of DE1 and DE2 for
U.S. income tax purposes is disregarded for
Country F tax purposes, each acquisition is
a CAA under § 1.901(m)–2(b)(2). Because
these four CAAs occur pursuant to a plan,
under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(3) they are part of an
aggregated CAA transaction. Under
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88578
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(31), CFC1 is the RFA owner
(U.S.) with respect to its assets and those of
DE1 and DE2. CFC2 is the RFA owner (U.S.)
with respect to its assets. Under § 1.901(m)–
1(a)(23), CFC1, CFC2, DE1, and DE2 are each
a foreign payor for Country F tax purposes.
Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(35), CFC1 is the
section 901(m) payor with respect to foreign
income tax amounts for which CFC1, DE1,
and DE2 are the foreign payors (see §§ 1.901–
2(f)(1) and 1.901–2(f)(4)(ii)). CFC2 is the
section 901(m) payor with respect to foreign
income tax amounts for which CFC2 is the
foreign payor (see § 1.901–2(f)(1)).
(B) In determining aggregate basis
difference under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(1) for a U.S.
taxable year of CFC1, CFC1 has three
computations with respect to Country F tax,
because there are three foreign payors for
Country F tax purposes whose foreign
income tax amount, if any, is considered paid
or accrued by CFC1 as the section 901(m)
payor. Furthermore, for each U.S. taxable
year, CFC1 will compute a separate
disqualified tax amount and aggregate basis
difference Carryover (if any) under paragraph
(b)(2) of this section, with respect to each
foreign payor.
(C) In determining aggregate basis
difference for a U.S. taxable year of CFC2
Assets
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Asset
Asset
Asset
Asset
Basis
difference
Relevant foreign income tax
A ......................
B ......................
C .....................
D .....................
Country
Country
Country
Country
F tax
F tax
G tax
G tax
............................................
............................................
...........................................
...........................................
(ii) Result. (A) Under § 1.901(m)–2(b)(1),
the Acquisition of the stock of CFC1 is a
Section 338 CAA. Under § 1.901(m)–2(c)(1),
Assets A and B are RFAs with respect to
Country F tax, because they are relevant in
determining foreign income of CFC1 for
Country F tax purposes and were owned by
CFC1 when the Acquisition occurred. Assets
C and D are RFAs with respect to Country G
tax, because they are relevant in determining
foreign income of CFC1 for Country G tax
purposes and were owned by CFC1 when the
Acquisition occurred. Under § 1.901(m)–
1(a)(31), CFC1 is the RFA owner (U.S.) with
respect to all of the RFAs. Under § 1.901(m)–
1(a)(35) and (a)(23), CFC1 is the section
901(m) payor and the foreign payor for
Country F and Country G tax purposes.
(B) In determining aggregate basis
difference for a U.S. taxable year of CFC1,
CFC1 has two computations, one with
respect to Country F tax and one with respect
to Country G tax. Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(1),
the aggregate basis difference for a U.S.
taxable year with respect to Country F tax is
equal to the sum of the allocated basis
differences with respect to Assets A and B for
the U.S. taxable year. Under § 1.901(m)–
1(a)(5), allocated basis differences are
comprised of cost recovery amounts and
disposition amounts. Because there are no
dispositions, the only allocated basis
differences taken into account in determining
an aggregate basis difference are cost
VerDate Sep<11>2014
under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(1), CFC2 has a single
computation with respect to Country F tax,
because there is a single foreign payor (CFC2)
for Country F tax purposes whose foreign
income tax amount, if any, is considered paid
or accrued by CFC2 as the section 901(m)
payor. Furthermore, for each U.S. taxable
year, CFC2 will compute a disqualified tax
amount and aggregate basis difference
Carryover (if any) under paragraph (b)(2) of
this section.
(iii) Alternative facts. Assume the same
facts as in paragraph (i) of this Example 1,
except that foreign income for Country F tax
purposes is based on combined income
(within the meaning of § 1.901–2(f)(3)(ii)) of
CFC1, CFC2, DE1, and DE2. For purposes of
determining an aggregate basis difference for
a U.S. taxable year of CFC1 under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(1), CFC1, DE1, and DE2 are
treated as a single foreign payor because all
of the items of income, deduction, gain, or
loss with respect to CFC1, DE1, and DE2 are
included in the earnings and profits of CFC1
for U.S. income tax purposes. For each U.S.
taxable year, CFC1 will therefore compute a
single aggregate basis difference, disqualified
tax amount, and aggregate basis difference
carryover. The result for CFC2 under the
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
Applicable
cost recovery
period
(years)
150u
50u
300u
(100u)
15
5
5
5
recovery amounts. Under § 1.901(m)–5(b),
any cost recovery amounts are attributed to
CFC1, because CFC1 is the section 901(m)
payor and RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to
all of the Assets. For each U.S. taxable year,
CFC1 will compute a separate disqualified
tax amount and aggregate basis difference
carryover (if any) with respect to Country F
tax and Country G tax under paragraph (b)(2)
of this section. For purposes of both
disqualified tax amount computations,
because CFC1 is the section 901(m) payor
and foreign payor, the foreign income tax
amount paid or accrued by CFC1 with
respect to Country F tax and Country G tax,
respectively, will be the entire foreign
income tax amount and CFC1’s allocable
foreign income will be the entire foreign
income.
(C) With respect to Country F tax, in U.S.
taxable years 1 through 5, CFC1 has an
aggregate basis difference of 20u each year
(10u cost recovery amount with respect to
Asset A plus 10u cost recovery amount with
respect to Asset B). For U.S. taxable years 1
through 5, under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, the disqualified tax amount each
year is $5, the lesser of two amounts: the
tentative disqualified tax amount, in this
case, $5 ($25 foreign income tax amount ×
(20u aggregate basis difference/100u
allocable foreign income)), or the foreign
income tax amount paid or accrued by CFC1,
in this case, $25. After U.S. taxable year 5,
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
alternative facts is the same as in paragraph
(ii)(C) of this Example 1.
Example 2. Computation of disqualified
tax amount—(i) Facts. On December 31 of
Year 0, USP acquires all of the stock of CFC1
in a qualified stock purchase (as defined in
section 338(d)(3)) to which section 338(a)
applies (Acquisition). CFC1 owns four assets
(Asset A, Asset B, Asset C, and Asset D, and
collectively, Assets) and conducts activities
in Country F and in a Country G branch. The
activities conducted by CFC1 in Country G
are not subject to tax in Country F. The tax
rate is 25% in Country F and 30% in Country
G. For Country F tax purposes, CFC1’s
foreign income and foreign income tax
amount for each foreign taxable year 1
through 15 is 100u and $25 (25u translated
at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u), respectively.
For Country G tax purposes, CFC1’s foreign
income and foreign income tax amount for
each foreign taxable year 1 through 5 is 400u
and $120 (120u translated at the exchange
rate of $1 = 1u), respectively. No dispositions
occur for any of the Assets during the
applicable cost recovery period. Additional
facts relevant to each of the Assets are
summarized below.
Cost recovery amount
10u (150u/15).
10u (50u/5).
60u (300u/5).
negative 20u (negative 100/5).
Asset B has no unallocated basis difference
with respect to Country F tax. Accordingly,
in U.S. taxable years 6 through 15, CFC1 has
an aggregate basis difference of 10u each
year. Accordingly, for U.S. taxable years 6
through 15, the disqualified tax amount each
year is $2.50, the lesser of two amounts: the
tentative disqualified tax amount, in this
case, $2.50 ($25 foreign income tax amount
× (10u aggregate basis difference/100u
allocable foreign income)), or the foreign
income tax amount paid or accrued by CFC1,
in this case, $25. After U.S. taxable year 15,
Asset A has no unallocated basis difference
with respect to Country F tax and, therefore,
CFC1 has no disqualified tax amount with
respect to Country F Tax.
(D) With respect to Country G tax, in U.S.
taxable years 1 through 5, CFC1 has an
aggregate basis difference of 40u each year
(60u cost recovery amount with respect to
Asset C + (20u) cost recovery amount with
respect to Asset D). For U.S. taxable years 1
through 5, under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, the disqualified tax amount each
year is $12, the lesser of two amounts: the
tentative disqualified tax amount, in this
case, $12 ($120 foreign income tax amount ×
(40u aggregate basis difference/400u
allocable foreign income)), or the foreign
income tax amount paid or accrued by CFC1,
in this case, $120. After U.S. taxable year 5,
Asset C and Asset D have no unallocated
basis difference with respect to Country G
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
tax. Accordingly, in U.S. taxable years 6
through 15, CFC1 has no disqualified tax
amount with respect to Country G Tax.
Example 3. FCCT—(i) Facts. In U.S. taxable
year 1, USP acquires all of the interests in
DE1 in a transaction (Transaction) that is
treated as a stock acquisition for Country F
tax purposes. Immediately after the
Transaction, DE1 owns assets (PreTransaction Assets), all of which are used in
a Country G branch and give rise to income
that is taken into account for Country F tax
and Country G tax purposes. After the
Transaction, DE1 acquires additional assets
(Post-Transaction Assets), which are not used
by the Country G branch. Both Country F and
Country G have a tax rate of 30%. Country
F imposes worldwide tax on its residents and
provides a foreign tax credit for taxes paid to
other jurisdictions. In foreign taxable year 3,
100u of income is attributable to DE1’s PostTransaction Assets and 100u of income is
attributable to DE1’s Pre-Transaction Assets.
For Country G tax purposes, the foreign
income is 100u and foreign income tax
amount is 30u (30% × 100u). For Country F
tax purposes, the foreign income is 200u and
the pre-foreign tax credit tax is 60u (30% ×
200u). The 60u of Country F pre-foreign tax
credit tax is reduced by the 30u foreign
income tax amount imposed for Country G
tax purposes. Thus, the foreign income tax
amount for Country F tax purposes is $30
(30u translated into dollars at the exchange
rate of $1 = 1u). Assume that for U.S. taxable
year 3 USP has 100u aggregate basis
difference with respect to Country F tax and
100u aggregate basis difference with respect
to Country G tax. USP does not dispose of
DE1 or any assets of DE1 in U.S. taxable year
3.
(ii) Result. (A) Under § 1.901(m)–2(b)(2),
the Transaction is a CAA. Under § 1.901(m)–
2(c)(1), the Pre-Transaction Assets are RFAs
with respect to both Country F tax and
Country G tax, because they are relevant in
determining the foreign income of DE1 for
Country F tax and Country G tax purposes
and were owned by DE1 when the
Transaction occurred. Under § 1.901(m)–
1(a)(31), USP is the RFA owner (U.S.) with
respect to the RFAs. Under § 1.901(m)–
1(a)(23), DE1 is a foreign payor for Country
F tax and Country G tax purposes. Under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(35), USP is the section
901(m) payor with respect to foreign income
tax amounts for which DE1 is the foreign
payor (see § 1.901–2(f)(4)(ii)). Because the
Country G foreign income tax amount is
claimed as a credit for purposes of
determining the Country F foreign income
tax amount, the Country G foreign income tax
amount is an FCCT under § 1.901(m)–
1(a)(17).
(B) Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(1), for each U.S.
taxable year, USP will separately compute
the aggregate basis difference with respect to
Country F tax and with respect to Country G
tax, and will use those amounts to separately
compute a disqualified tax amount and
aggregate basis difference carryover (if any)
with respect to each foreign income tax .
Because DE1 is a disregarded entity owned
by USP during the entire U.S. taxable year 3,
the foreign income tax amount paid or
accrued by DE1 is not subject to allocation.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
Accordingly, for purposes of each of the
disqualified tax amount computations, the
foreign income tax amount paid or accrued
by USP with respect to Country F tax and
Country G tax, respectively, is the entire
foreign income tax amount paid or accrued
by DE1, and, under paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A) of
this section, USP’s allocable foreign income
will be equal to DE1’s entire foreign income.
(C) As stated in paragraph (i) of this
Example 3, for U.S. taxable year 3 USP has
100u aggregate basis difference with respect
to Country F tax and 100u aggregate basis
difference with respect to Country G tax.
With respect to Country G tax, in U.S. taxable
year 3, under paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
the disqualified tax amount is $30, the lesser
of the two amounts: the tentative disqualified
tax amount, in this case, $30 ($30 foreign
income tax amount × (100u aggregate basis
difference/100u allocable foreign income)), or
the foreign income tax amount considered
paid or accrued by USP, in this case, $30.
(D) With respect to Country F tax, in U.S.
taxable year 3, under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, the disqualified tax amount is $0, the
lesser of two amounts: the tentative
disqualified tax amount, in this case $0 (($30
foreign income tax amount + $30 Country G
FCCT) × (100u aggregate basis difference/
200u foreign income) = $30 reduced by $30
Country G FCCT that is a disqualified tax
amount of USP), or the foreign income tax
amount considered paid or accrued by USP,
in this case, $30.
(c) Aggregate basis difference
carryover—(1) In general. If a section
901(m) payor has an aggregate basis
difference carryover for a U.S. taxable
year, as determined under this
paragraph (c), the aggregate basis
difference carryover is taken into
account in computing the section
901(m) payor’s aggregate basis
difference for the next U.S. taxable year.
For successor rules that apply to an
aggregate basis difference carryover, see
§ 1.901(m)–6(c).
(2) Amount of aggregate basis
difference carryover. (i) If a section
901(m) payor’s disqualified tax amount
is zero, all of the section 901(m) payor’s
aggregate basis difference (positive or
negative) for the U.S. taxable year gives
rise to an aggregate basis difference
carryover to the next U.S. taxable year.
(ii) If a section 901(m) payor’s
disqualified tax amount is not zero, then
aggregate basis difference carryover can
arise in either or both of the following
two situations:
(A) If a section 901(m) payor’s
aggregate basis difference for the U.S.
taxable year exceeds its allocable foreign
income, the excess gives rise to an
aggregate basis difference carryover.
(B) If the tentative disqualified tax
amount exceeds the disqualified tax
amount, the excess tentative
disqualified tax amount is converted
into aggregate basis difference carryover
by multiplying such excess by a
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88579
fraction, the numerator of which is the
allocable foreign income, and the
denominator of which is the sum of the
foreign income tax amount and the
FCCTs that are paid or accrued by, or
considered paid or accrued by, the
section 901(m) payor.
(3) Example. The following example
illustrates the rule of paragraph (c) of
this section.
Example. Aggregate basis difference
carryover; section 901(m) payor’s U.S.
taxable year differs from the foreign taxable
year of foreign payor—(i) Facts. (A) On July
1 of Year 1, CFC1 acquires all of the interests
of DE1 in a transaction (Transaction) that is
treated as a stock acquisition for Country F
tax purposes. CFC1 and DE1 are organized in
Country F and are treated as corporations for
Country F tax purposes. CFC1 is a section
902 corporation (as defined in section
909(d)(5)), and DE1 is a disregarded entity .
CFC1 has a calendar year for U.S. income tax
purposes, and DE1 has a June 30 year-end for
Country F tax purposes. Country F imposes
a single tax that is a foreign income tax .
CFC1 and DE1 each have a functional
currency of the u with respect to all
activities. Immediately after the Transaction,
DE1 owns one asset, Asset A, that gives rise
to income that is taken into account for
Country F tax purposes. For the first U.S.
taxable year (U.S. taxable year 1) there is a
cost recovery amount with respect to Asset
A of 9u, and for each subsequent U.S. taxable
year until the U.S. basis is fully recovered,
there is a cost recovery amount with respect
to Asset A of 18u. There is no disposition of
Asset A.
(ii) Result. (A) Under § 1.901(m)–2(b)(2),
the Transaction is a CAA. Under § 1.901(m)–
2(c)(1), Asset A is an RFA with respect to
Country F tax because it is relevant in
determining the foreign income of DE1 for
Country F tax purposes and was owned by
DE1 when the Transaction occurred. Under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(31), CFC1 is the RFA owner
(U.S.) with respect to Asset A. Under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(23), DE1 is a foreign payor
for Country F tax purposes. Under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(35), CFC1 is the section
901(m) payor with respect to foreign income
tax amounts for which DE1 is the foreign
payor (see § 1.901–2(f)(4)(ii)).
(B) Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(1), in
determining the aggregate basis difference for
U.S. taxable year 1, CFC1 has one
computation with respect to Country F tax.
Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(1), aggregate basis
difference with respect to Country F tax is
equal to the sum of allocated basis
differences with respect to all RFAs, which,
in this case, is only Asset A. Under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(5), allocated basis differences
are comprised of cost recovery amounts and
disposition amounts. Because there is no
disposition of Asset A, the only allocated
basis difference taken into account in
determining an aggregate basis difference are
cost recovery amounts with respect to Asset
A. Under § 1.901(m)–5(b), any cost recovery
amounts are assigned to a U.S taxable year
of CFC1, because CFC1 is the section 901(m)
payor and RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to
Asset A. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88580
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
section, for each U.S. taxable year, CFC1 will
compute a disqualified tax amount and
aggregate basis difference carryover with
respect to the aggregate basis difference.
Because DE1 is a disregarded entity owned
by CFC1, the foreign income tax amount paid
or accrued by DE1 is not subject to allocation.
Accordingly, for purposes of the disqualified
tax amount computation, the foreign income
tax amount paid or accrued by CFC1 with
respect to Country F tax is the entire foreign
income tax amount paid or accrued by DE1,
and under paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A) of this
section, CFC1’s allocable foreign income will
be equal to DE1’s entire foreign income.
(C) In U.S. taxable year 1, CFC1 has an
aggregate basis difference of 9u (the 9u cost
recovery amount with respect to Asset A for
U.S. taxable year 1). However, because the
foreign taxable year of DE1, the foreign payor,
will not end between July 1 and December
31, there will not be a foreign income tax
amount for U.S. taxable year 1. Because the
foreign income tax amount considered paid
or accrued by CFC1 for U.S. taxable year 1
is zero, under paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this
section, the disqualified tax amount for U.S.
taxable year 1 of CFC1 is also zero.
Furthermore, because the disqualified tax
amount is zero, under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
this section, CFC1 has an aggregate basis
difference carryover equal to 9u, the entire
amount of the aggregate basis difference for
U.S. taxable year 1. Under paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, the 9u aggregate basis difference
carryover is taken into account in computing
CFC1’s aggregate basis difference for U.S.
taxable year 2. Accordingly, in U.S. taxable
year 2, CFC1 has an aggregate basis difference
of 27u (18u cost recovery amount for U.S.
taxable year 2, plus 9u aggregate basis
difference carryover from U.S. taxable year
1).
(d) Effective/applicability date. This
section applies to CAAs occurring on or
after the date of publication of the
Treasury decision adopting these rules
as final regulations in the Federal
Register. Taxpayers may, however, rely
on this section prior to the date this
section is applicable provided that they
both consistently apply this section,
§ 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through
(vii), § 1.901(m)–1, and §§ 1.901(m)–4
through 1.901(m)–8 (excluding
§ 1.901(m)–4(e)) to all CAAs occurring
on or after January 1, 2011, and
consistently apply § 1.901(m)–2
(excluding § 1.901(m)–2(d)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after December 7, 2016.
For this purpose, persons that are
related (within the meaning of section
267(b) or 707(b)) will be treated as a
single taxpayer.
■ Par. 6. Section 1.901(m)–4 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.901(m)–4
difference.
Determination of basis
(a) through (b) [The text of proposed
§§ 1.901(m)–4(a) through (b) is the same
as the text of §§ 1.901(m)–4T(a) through
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
(b) published elsewhere in this issue of
the Federal Register.]
(c) Foreign basis election. (1) An
election (foreign basis election) may be
made to apply section 901(m)(3)(C)(i)(II)
by reference to the foreign basis
immediately after the CAA instead of
the U.S. basis immediately before the
CAA. Accordingly, if a foreign basis
election is made, basis difference is the
U.S. basis in the RFA immediately after
the CAA, less the foreign basis in the
RFA immediately after the CAA. For
this purpose, the foreign basis
immediately after the CAA takes into
account any adjustment to that foreign
basis resulting from the CAA for
purposes of the foreign income tax .
(2) Except as otherwise provided in
this paragraph (c), a foreign basis
election is made by the RFA owner
(U.S.). If, however, the RFA owner
(U.S.) is a partnership, each partner in
the partnership (and not the
partnership) may independently make a
foreign basis election. In the case of one
or more tiered partnerships, the foreign
basis election is made at the level at
which a partner is not also a
partnership.
(3) The election may be made
separately for each CAA, and with
respect to each foreign income tax and
each foreign payor. For purposes of
making the foreign basis election, all
CAAs that are part of an aggregated CAA
transaction are treated as a single CAA.
Furthermore, for purposes of making the
foreign basis election, if foreign law
imposes tax on the combined income
(within the meaning of § 1.901–
2(f)(3)(ii)) of two or more foreign payors,
all foreign payors whose items of
income, deduction, gain, or loss for U.S.
income tax purposes are included in the
U.S. taxable income or earnings and
profits of a single section 901(m) payor
are treated as a single foreign payor.
(4) A foreign basis election is made by
using foreign basis to determine basis
difference for purposes of computing a
disqualified tax amount and an
aggregate basis difference carryover for
the U.S. taxable year, as provided under
§ 1.901(m)–3. A separate statement or
form evidencing the foreign basis
election need not be filed. Except as
provided in paragraph (c)(5) and (6) of
this section, in order for a foreign basis
election to be effective, the election
must be reflected on a timely filed
original federal income tax return
(including extensions) for the first U.S.
taxable year that the foreign basis
election is relevant to the computation
of any amounts reported on such return,
including on any required schedules.
(5) If the RFA owner (U.S.) is a
partnership, a foreign basis election
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
reflected on a partner’s timely filed
amended federal income tax return is
also effective if all of the following
conditions are satisfied:
(i) The partner’s timely filed original
federal income tax return (including
extensions) for the first U.S. taxable year
of the partner in which a foreign basis
election is relevant to the computation
of any amounts reported on such return,
including on any required schedules,
does not reflect the application of
section 901(m);
(ii) The information provided by the
partnership to the partner for purposes
of applying section 901(m) and any
information required to be reported by
the partnership is based solely on
computations that use foreign basis to
determine basis difference; and
(iii) Prior to the due date of the
original federal income tax return
(including extensions) described in
paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this section, the
partner delegated the authority to the
partnership to choose whether to
provide the partner with information to
apply section 901(m) using foreign
basis, either pursuant to a written
partnership agreement (within the
meaning of § 1.704–1(b)(2)(ii)(h)) or
written notice provided by the partner
to the partnership.
(6) If, pursuant to paragraph (g)(3) of
this section, a taxpayer chooses to have
this section apply to CAAs occurring on
or after January 1, 2011, a foreign basis
election will be effective if the election
is reflected on a timely filed amended
federal income tax return (or tax returns,
as applicable) filed no later than one
year following the date of publication of
the Treasury decision adopting these
rules as final regulations in the Federal
Register.
(7) The foreign basis election is
irrevocable. Relief under § 301.9100–1 is
not available for the foreign basis
election.
(d) Determination of basis difference
in a section 743(b) CAA—(1) [The text
of proposed § 1.901(m)–4(d)(1) is the
same as the text of § 1.901(m)–4T(d)(1)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(2) Foreign basis election. If a foreign
basis election is made with respect to a
section 743(b) CAA, then, for purposes
of paragraph (d)(1) of this section, the
section 743(b) adjustment is determined
by reference to the foreign basis of the
RFA, determined immediately after the
CAA.
(e) [The text of proposed § 1.901(m)–
4(e) is the same as the text of
§ 1.901(m)–4T(e) published elsewhere
in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(f) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this section:
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
Example 1. Scope of basis choice;
identifying separate CAAs, RFA owners
(U.S.), and foreign payors in an aggregated
CAA transaction —(i) Facts. CFC1 wholly
owns CFC2, both of which are section 902
corporations (as defined in section 909(d)(5)),
organized in Country F, and treated as
corporations for Country F tax purposes.
CFC1 also wholly owns DE1, and DE1 wholly
owns DE2. DE1 and DE2 are entities
organized in Country F treated as
corporations for Country F tax purposes and
as disregarded entities for U.S. income tax
purposes. Country F imposes a single tax that
is a foreign income tax . All of the stock of
CFC1 is acquired in a qualified stock
purchase (within the meaning of section
338(d)(3)) to which section 338(a) applies for
both CFC1 and CFC2. For Country F tax
purposes, the transaction is treated as an
acquisition of the stock of CFC1.
(ii) Result. (A) The acquisition of CFC1
gives rise to four separate CAAs described in
§ 1.901(m)–2. Under § 1.901(m)–2(b)(1), the
acquisition of the stock of CFC1 and the
deemed acquisition of the stock of CFC2
under section 338(h)(3)(B) are each a section
338 CAA. Furthermore, because the deemed
acquisition of the assets of each of DE1 and
DE2 for U.S. income tax purposes is
disregarded for Country F tax purposes, the
deemed acquisitions are CAAs under
§ 1.901(m)–2(b)(2). Because the four CAAs
occurred pursuant to a plan, under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(3), all of the CAAs are part of
an aggregated CAA transaction. Under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(31), CFC1 is the RFA owner
(U.S.) with respect to its assets and the assets
of DE1 and DE2 that are RFAs. CFC2 is the
RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to its assets
that are RFAs. Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(23),
CFC1, CFC2, DE1, and DE2 are each a foreign
payor for Country F tax purposes.
(B) Under paragraph (c) of this section, a
foreign basis election may be made by the
RFA owner (U.S.). The election is made
separately with respect to each CAA (for this
purpose, treating all CAAs that are part of an
aggregated CAA transaction as a single CAA)
and with respect to each foreign income tax
and foreign payor. Thus, in this case, CFC1
can make a separate foreign basis election for
one or more of the following three groups of
RFAs: RFAs that are relevant in determining
foreign income of CFC1; RFAs that are
relevant in determining foreign income of
DE1; and RFAs that are relevant in
determining foreign income of DE2.
Furthermore, CFC2 can make a foreign basis
election for all of its RFAs that are relevant
in determining its foreign income.
Example 2. Scope of basis choice; RFA
owner (U.S.) is a partnership—(i) Facts.
USPS is a domestic partnership for which a
section 754 election is in effect. USPS owns
two assets, the stock of DE1 and DE2. DE1
is an entity organized in Country X and
treated as a corporation for Country X tax
purposes. DE2 is an entity organized in
Country Y and treated as a corporation for
Country Y tax purposes. DE1 and DE2 are
disregarded entities. Country X and Country
Y each impose a single tax that is a foreign
income tax . US1 and US2, unrelated
domestic corporations, and FP, a foreign
person unrelated to US1 and US2, acquire
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
partnership interests in USPS from existing
partners of USPS pursuant to the same plan.
(ii) Result. Under § 1.901(m)–2(b)(3), the
acquisitions of the partnership interests in
USPS by US1, US2, and FP each give rise to
separate section 743(b) CAAs, but under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(3), they are treated as an
aggregated CAA transaction because they
occur as part of a plan. Under § 1.901(m)–
1(a)(31), USPS is the RFA owner (U.S.) with
respect to the assets of DE1 and DE2 that are
RFAs. Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(23), DE1 is a
foreign payor for Country X tax purposes and
DE2 is a foreign payor for Country Y tax
purposes. Because the RFA owner (U.S.) is a
partnership, paragraph (c)(2) of this section
provides that US1, US2, and FP (the relevant
partners in USPS) separately choose whether
to make a foreign basis election for purposes
of determining basis difference. Furthermore,
under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the
choice to make the election is made
separately by each partner with respect to
each foreign payor. Thus, in this case, each
partner may make separate elections for the
RFAs that are relevant in determining foreign
income of DE1 for Country X tax purposes
and the RFAs that are relevant in
determining foreign income of DE2 for
Country Y tax purposes.
(g) Effective/applicability date—(1)
[The text of proposed § 1.901(m)–4(g)(1)
is the same as the text of § 1.901(m)–
4T(g)(1) published elsewhere in this
issue of the Federal Register.]
(2) Except for paragraphs (a), (b),
(d)(1), and (e) of this section, this
section applies to CAAs occurring on or
after the date of publication of the
Treasury decision adopting these rules
as final regulations in the Federal
Register.
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on
this section prior to the date this section
is applicable provided that they both
consistently apply this section
(excluding paragraph (e) of this section),
§ 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through
(vii), § 1.901(m)–1, § 1.901(m)–3, and
§§ 1.901(m)–5 through 1.901(m)–8 to all
CAAs occurring on or after January 1,
2011, and consistently apply
§ 1.901(m)–2 (excluding § 1.901(m)–
2(d)) to all CAAs occurring on or after
December 7, 2016. For this purpose,
persons that are related (within the
meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b)) will
be treated as a single taxpayer.
■ Par. 7. Section 1.901(m)–5 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.901(m)–5
account.
Basis difference taken into
(a) In general. This section provides
rules for determining the amount of
basis difference with respect to an RFA
that is taken into account in a U.S.
taxable year for purposes of determining
the disqualified portion of a foreign
income tax amount. Paragraph (b) of this
section provides rules for determining a
cost recovery amount and assigning that
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88581
amount to a U.S. taxable year of a single
section 901(m) payor when the RFA
owner (U.S.) is the section 901(m)
payor. Paragraph (c) of this section
provides rules for determining a
disposition amount and assigning that
amount to a U.S. taxable year of a single
section 901(m) payor when the RFA
owner (U.S.) is the section 901(m)
payor. Paragraph (d) of this section
provides rules for allocating cost
recovery amounts and disposition
amounts when the RFA owner (U.S.) is
a fiscally transparent entity for U.S.
income tax purposes. Paragraph (e) of
this section provides special rules for
allocating cost recovery amounts and
disposition amounts with respect to
certain section 743(b) CAAs. Paragraph
(f) of this section provides special rules
for allocating certain disposition
amounts when a foreign payor is
transferred in a mid-year transaction.
Paragraph (g) of this section provides
special rules for allocating both cost
recovery amounts and disposition
amounts in certain cases in which the
RFA owner (U.S.) either is a reverse
hybrid or a fiscally transparent entity for
both U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes that is directly or indirectly
owned by a reverse hybrid. Paragraph
(h) of this section provides examples
illustrating the application of this
section. Paragraph (i) of this section
provides the effective/applicability date.
(b) Basis difference taken into account
under applicable cost recovery
method—(1) In general. When the RFA
owner (U.S.) is a section 901(m) payor,
all of a cost recovery amount is
attributed to the section 901(m) payor
and assigned to the U.S. taxable year of
the section 901(m) payor in which the
corresponding U.S. basis deduction is
taken into account under the applicable
cost recovery method. This is the case
regardless of whether the deduction is
deferred or disallowed for U.S. income
tax purposes. If instead the RFA owner
(U.S.) is a fiscally transparent entity for
U.S. income tax purposes, a cost
recovery amount is allocated to one or
more section 901(m) payors under
paragraph (d) of this section, except as
provided in paragraphs (e) and (g) of
this section. If a cost recovery amount
arises from an RFA with respect to a
section 743(b) CAA, in certain cases the
cost recovery amount is allocated to a
section 901(m) payor under paragraph
(e) of this section. In certain cases in
which the RFA owner (U.S.) either is a
reverse hybrid or a fiscally transparent
entity for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes that is directly or
indirectly owned by a reverse hybrid, a
cost recovery amount is allocated to one
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
88582
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
or more section 901(m) payors under
paragraph (g) of this section.
(2) Determining a cost recovery
amount—(i) [The text of proposed
§ 1.901(m)–5(b)(2)(i) is the same as the
text of § 1.901(m)–5T(b)(2)(i) published
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(ii) U.S. basis subject to multiple cost
recovery methods. If the entire U.S.
basis is not subject to the same cost
recovery method, the applicable cost
recovery method for determining the
cost recovery amount is the cost
recovery method that applies to the
portion of the U.S. basis that
corresponds to the basis difference.
(3) Applicable cost recovery method.
For purposes of section 901(m), an
applicable cost recovery method
includes any method for recovering the
cost of property over time for U.S.
income tax purposes (each application
of a method giving rise to a ‘‘U.S. basis
deduction’’). Such methods include
depreciation, amortization, or depletion,
as well as a method that allows the cost
(or a portion of the cost) of property to
be expensed in the year of acquisition
or in the placed-in-service year, such as
under section 179. Applicable cost
recovery methods do not include any
provision allowing the U.S. basis to be
recovered upon a disposition of an RFA.
(c) Basis difference taken into account
as a result of a disposition—(1) In
general. Except as provided in
paragraph (f) of this section, when the
RFA owner (U.S.) is a section 901(m)
payor, all of a disposition amount is
attributed to the section 901(m) payor
and assigned to the U.S. taxable year of
the section 901(m) payor in which the
disposition occurs. If instead the RFA
owner (U.S.) is a fiscally transparent
entity for U.S. income tax purposes,
except as provided in paragraphs (e), (f),
and (g) of this section, a disposition
amount is allocated to one or more
section 901(m) payors under paragraph
(d) of this section. If a disposition
amount arises from an RFA with respect
to a section 743(b) CAA, in certain cases
the disposition amount is allocated to a
section 901(m) payor under paragraph
(e) of this section. If there is a
disposition of an RFA in a foreign
taxable year of a foreign payor during
which there is a mid-year transaction, in
certain cases a disposition amount is
allocated under paragraph (f) of this
section. In certain cases in which the
RFA owner (U.S.) either is a reverse
hybrid or a fiscally transparent entity for
both U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes that is directly or indirectly
owned by a reverse hybrid, a disposition
amount is allocated to one or more
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
section 901(m) payors under paragraph
(g) of this section.
(2) [The text of proposed § 1.901(m)–
5(c)(2) is the same as the text of
§ 1.901(m)–5T(c)(2) published
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(d) General rules for allocating and
assigning a cost recovery amount or a
disposition amount when the RFA
owner (U.S.) is a fiscally transparent
entity—(1) In general. Except as
provided in paragraphs (e), (f), and (g)
of this section, this paragraph (d)
provides rules for allocating a cost
recovery amount or a disposition
amount when the RFA owner (U.S.) is
a fiscally transparent entity for U.S.
income tax purposes in which a section
901(m) payor directly or indirectly owns
an interest, as well as for assigning the
allocated amount to a U.S. taxable year
of the section 901(m) payor. For
purposes of this paragraph (d), unless
otherwise indicated, a reference to
direct or indirect ownership in an entity
means for U.S. income tax purposes. For
purposes of this paragraph (d), a person
indirectly owns an interest in an entity
for U.S. income tax purposes if the
person owns the interest through one or
more fiscally transparent entities for
U.S. income tax purposes, and at least
one of the fiscally transparent entities is
not a disregarded entity . For purposes
of this paragraph (d), a person indirectly
owns an interest in an entity for foreign
income tax purposes if the person owns
the interest through one or more fiscally
transparent entities for foreign income
tax purposes. If the RFA owner (U.S.) is
a lower-tier fiscally transparent entity
for U.S. income tax purposes in which
the section 901(m) payor indirectly
owns an interest, the rules of this
section apply in a manner consistent
with the application of these rules when
the section 901(m) payor directly owns
an interest in the RFA owner (U.S.).
(2) Allocation of a cost recovery
amount. A cost recovery amount is
allocated to a section 901(m) payor that
directly or indirectly owns an interest in
the RFA owner (U.S.) to the extent the
U.S. basis deduction that corresponds to
the cost recovery amount is (or will be)
included in the section 901(m) payor’s
distributive share of the income of the
RFA owner (U.S.) for U.S. income tax
purposes.
(3) Allocation of a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss—(i) In
general. Except as provided in
paragraph (f) of this section, a
disposition amount attributable to
foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss (as determined under
paragraph (d)(5) of this section) is
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
allocated under paragraph (d)(3)(ii) or
(d)(3)(iii) of this section to a section
901(m) payor that directly or indirectly
owns an interest in the RFA owner
(U.S.).
(ii) First allocation rule. This
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) applies when a
section 901(m) payor, or a disregarded
entity directly owned by a section
901(m) payor, is the foreign payor
whose foreign income includes a
distributive share of the foreign income
of the RFA owner (foreign) and,
therefore, all of the foreign income tax
amount of the foreign payor is paid or
accrued by, or considered paid by, the
section 901(m) payor. Thus, this
paragraph (d)(3)(ii) applies when the
RFA owner (U.S.) is a fiscally
transparent entity for both U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes and a
section 901(m) payor either directly
owns an interest in the RFA owner
(U.S.) or directly owns an interest in
another fiscally transparent entity for
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes,
which, in turn, directly or indirectly
owns an interest in the RFA owner
(U.S.) for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes. In these cases, the section
901(m) payor is allocated the portion of
a disposition amount that is equal to the
product of the disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss, as
applicable, and a fraction, the
numerator of which is the portion of the
foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss recognized by the RFA
owner (foreign) for foreign income tax
purposes that is (or will be) included in
the foreign payor’s distributive share of
the foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign), and the denominator of which
is the foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss.
(iii) Second allocation rule. This
paragraph (d)(3)(iii) applies when
neither a section 901(m) payor nor a
disregarded entity directly owned by a
section 901(m) payor is the foreign
payor with respect to the foreign income
of the RFA owner (foreign). Instead, a
section 901(m) payor directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the
foreign payor, which is a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes (other than a disregarded
entity directly owned by the section
901(m) payor), and, therefore, the
section 901(m) payor is considered to
pay or accrue only its allocated portion
of the foreign income tax amount of the
foreign payor. This will be the case
when the foreign payor is either the
RFA owner (U.S.), another fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes (other than a disregarded
entity directly owned by a section
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
901(m) payor) that directly or indirectly
owns an interest in the RFA owner
(U.S.) for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes, or a disregarded entity
directly owned by the RFA owner
(U.S.). In these cases, the section 901(m)
payor is allocated the portion of a
disposition amount that is equal to the
product of the disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss, as
applicable, and a fraction, the
numerator of which is the portion of the
foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss that is included in the
allocable foreign income of the section
901(m) payor, and the denominator of
which is the foreign disposition gain or
foreign disposition loss. If allocable
foreign income is not otherwise required
to be determined because there is no
foreign income tax amount, the
numerator is the portion of the foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition
loss that would be included in the
allocable foreign income of the section
901(m) payor if there were a foreign
income tax amount.
(4) Allocation of a disposition amount
attributable to U.S. disposition gain or
U.S. disposition loss. A section 901(m)
payor that directly or indirectly owns an
interest in the RFA owner (U.S.) is
allocated the portion of a disposition
amount that is equal to the product of
the disposition amount attributable to
U.S. disposition gain or U.S. disposition
loss (as determined under paragraph
(d)(5) of this section), as applicable, and
a fraction, the numerator of which is the
portion of the U.S. disposition gain or
U.S. disposition loss that is (or will be)
included in the section 901(m) payor’s
distributive share of income of the RFA
owner (U.S.) for U.S. income tax
purposes, and the denominator of which
is the U.S. disposition gain or U.S.
disposition loss.
(5) Determining the extent to which a
disposition amount is attributable to
foreign or U.S. disposition gain or loss—
(i) RFA with a positive basis difference.
When there is a disposition of an RFA
with a positive basis difference and the
disposition results in either a foreign
disposition gain or a U.S. disposition
loss, but not both, the entire disposition
amount is attributable to foreign
disposition gain or U.S. disposition loss,
as applicable, even if the disposition
amount exceeds the foreign disposition
gain or the absolute value of the U.S.
disposition loss. If the disposition
results in both a foreign disposition gain
and a U.S. disposition loss, the
disposition amount is attributable first
to foreign disposition gain to the extent
thereof, and the excess disposition
amount, if any, is attributable to the U.S.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
disposition loss, even if the excess
disposition amount exceeds the absolute
value of the U.S. disposition loss.
(ii) RFA with a negative basis
difference. When there is a disposition
of an RFA with a negative basis
difference and the disposition results in
either a foreign disposition loss or a U.S.
disposition gain, but not both, the entire
disposition amount is attributable to
foreign disposition loss or U.S.
disposition gain, as applicable, even if
the absolute value of the disposition
amount exceeds the absolute value of
the foreign disposition loss or the U.S.
disposition gain. If the disposition
results in both a foreign disposition loss
and a U.S. disposition gain, the
disposition amount is attributable first
to foreign disposition loss to the extent
thereof, and the excess disposition
amount, if any, is attributable to the U.S.
disposition gain, even if the absolute
value of the excess disposition amount
exceeds the U.S. disposition gain.
(6) U.S. taxable year of a section
901(m) payor to which an allocated cost
recovery amount or disposition amount
is assigned. A cost recovery amount or
a disposition amount allocated to a
section 901(m) payor under paragraph
(d) of this section is assigned to the U.S.
taxable year of the section 901(m) payor
that includes the last day of the U.S.
taxable year of the RFA owner (U.S.) in
which, in the case of a cost recovery
amount, the RFA owner (U.S.) takes into
account the corresponding U.S. basis
deduction (without regard to whether
the deduction is deferred or disallowed
for U.S. income tax purposes), or in the
case of a disposition amount, the
disposition occurs.
(e) Special rules for certain section
743(b) CAAs. If a section 901(m) payor
acquires a partnership interest in a
section 743(b) CAA, including a section
743(b) CAA with respect to a lower-tier
partnership that results from a direct
acquisition by the section 901(m) payor
of an interest in an upper-tier
partnership, and subsequently there is a
cost recovery amount or a disposition
amount that arises from an RFA with
respect to that section 743(b) CAA, all
of the cost recovery amount or the
disposition amount is allocated to that
section 901(m) payor. The U.S. taxable
year of the section 901(m) payor to
which the cost recovery amount or the
disposition amount is assigned is the
U.S. taxable year in which, in the case
of a cost recovery amount, the section
901(m) payor takes into account the
corresponding U.S. basis deduction
(without regard to whether the
deduction is deferred or disallowed for
U.S. income tax purposes), or in the
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88583
case of a disposition amount, the
disposition occurs.
(f) Mid-year transactions—(1) In
general. When a disposition of an RFA
occurs in the same foreign taxable year
that a foreign payor is involved in a
mid-year transaction, the portion of the
disposition amount that is attributable
to foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss (as determined under
paragraph (d)(5) of this section) is
allocated to a section 901(m) payor and
assigned to a U.S. taxable year of the
section 901(m) payor under this
paragraph (f). To the extent the
disposition amount is attributable to
U.S. disposition gain or U.S. disposition
loss (as determined under paragraph
(d)(5) of this section), see paragraph
(c)(1) or (d) of this section, as
applicable.
(2) Allocation rule. To the extent a
disposition amount is attributable to
foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss, a section 901(m) payor
is allocated the portion of the
disposition amount equal to the product
of the disposition amount attributable to
foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss, as applicable, and a
fraction, the numerator of which is the
portion of the foreign disposition gain or
foreign disposition loss that is included
in the allocable foreign income of the
section 901(m) payor, and the
denominator of which is the foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition
loss. If allocable foreign income is not
otherwise required to be determined
because there is no foreign income tax
amount, the numerator is the portion of
the foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss that would be included
in the allocable foreign income of the
section 901(m) payor if there were a
foreign income tax amount.
(3) Assignment to a U.S. taxable year
of a section 901(m) Payor. A disposition
amount allocated to a section 901(m)
payor under paragraph (f)(2) of this
section is assigned to the U.S. taxable
year of the section 901(m) payor in
which the foreign disposition gain or
foreign disposition loss (or portion
thereof) is included in allocable foreign
income of the section 901(m) payor or,
if allocable foreign income is not
otherwise required to be determined
because there is no foreign income tax
amount, the U.S. taxable year in which
the foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss would be included in
allocable foreign income if there were a
foreign income tax amount.
(g) Reverse hybrids—(1) In general.
This paragraph (g) provides rules for
allocating a cost recovery amount or a
disposition amount when the RFA
owner (U.S.) is either a reverse hybrid
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
88584
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
or a fiscally transparent entity for U.S.
and foreign income tax purposes that is
directly or indirectly owned by a reverse
hybrid for U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes, and in each case, the foreign
payor whose foreign income includes a
distributive share of the foreign income
of the RFA owner (foreign) directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the
reverse hybrid for foreign income tax
purposes. Application of the allocation
rules under paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3)
of this section depend upon whether a
section 901(m) payor or a disregarded
entity directly owned by a section
901(m) payor is the foreign payor, or,
instead, a section 901(m) payor directly
or indirectly owns an interest in the
foreign payor. For purposes of this
paragraph (g), unless otherwise
indicated, a reference to direct or
indirect ownership in an entity means
for U.S. income tax purposes. For
purposes of this paragraph (g), a person
indirectly owns an interest in an entity
for U.S. income tax purposes if the
person owns the interest through one or
more fiscally transparent entities for
U.S. income tax purposes, and at least
one of the fiscally transparent entities is
not a disregarded entity . For purposes
of this paragraph (g), a person indirectly
owns an interest in an entity for foreign
income tax purposes if the person owns
the interest through one or more fiscally
transparent entities for foreign income
tax purposes. If the RFA owner (U.S.) is
a lower-tier fiscally transparent entity
for U.S. income tax purposes in which
the reverse hybrid indirectly owns an
interest, the rules of this section apply
in a manner consistent with the
application of these rules when the
reverse hybrid directly owns an interest
in the RFA owner (U.S.).
(2) First allocation rule—(i) Allocation
to a section 901(m) payor. This
paragraph (g)(2)(i) applies when a
section 901(m) payor, or a disregarded
entity directly owned by a section
901(m) payor, is the foreign payor
whose foreign income includes a
distributive share of the foreign income
of the RFA owner (foreign), and,
therefore, all of the foreign income tax
amount of the foreign payor is paid or
accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, the section 901(m) payor.
Thus, this paragraph (g)(2)(i) applies
when a section 901(m) payor either
directly owns an interest in the reverse
hybrid or directly owns an interest in a
fiscally transparent entity for U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes, which, in
turn, directly or indirectly owns an
interest in the reverse hybrid for both
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes.
In these cases, the section 901(m) payor
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
is allocated the portions of cost recovery
amounts or disposition amounts (or
both) with respect to RFAs that are
equal to the product of the sum of the
cost recovery amounts and the
disposition amounts and a fraction, the
numerator of which is the portion of the
foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign) that is included in the foreign
income of the foreign payor, and the
denominator of which is the foreign
income of the RFA owner (foreign).
(ii) Assignment to a U.S. taxable year
of a section 901(m) Payor. This
paragraph (g)(2)(ii) applies when a cost
recovery amount or a disposition
amount, or portion thereof, is allocated
to a section 901(m) payor under
paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section. If the
reverse hybrid is the RFA owner (U.S.),
a cost recovery amount or disposition
amount, or portion thereof, is assigned
to the U.S. taxable year of the section
901(m) payor that includes the last day
of the U.S. taxable year of the reverse
hybrid in which, in the case of a cost
recovery amount, the reverse hybrid
takes into account the corresponding
U.S. basis deduction (without regard to
whether the deduction is deferred or
disallowed for U.S. income tax
purposes), or, in the case of a
disposition amount, the disposition
occurs. If the reverse hybrid is not the
RFA owner (U.S.) but instead the
reverse hybrid directly or indirectly
owns an interest in the RFA owner
(U.S.) for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes, a cost recovery amount or
disposition amount, or portion thereof,
is assigned to the U.S. taxable year of
the section 901(m) payor that includes
the last day of the U.S. taxable year of
the reverse hybrid, which, in turn,
includes the last day of the U.S. taxable
year of the RFA owner (U.S.) in which,
in the case of a cost recovery amount,
the RFA owner (U.S.) takes into account
the corresponding U.S. basis deduction
(without regard to whether the
deduction is deferred or disallowed for
U.S. income tax purposes), or, in the
case of a disposition amount, the
disposition occurs.
(3) Second allocation rule—(i)
Allocation to a section 901(m) payor.
This paragraph (g)(3)(i) applies when
neither a section 901(m) payor nor a
disregarded entity directly owned by a
section 901(m) payor is the foreign
payor with respect to the foreign income
of the RFA owner (foreign). Instead, a
section 901(m) payor directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the
foreign payor, which is a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes (other than a disregarded
entity directly owned by the section
901(m) payor), and, therefore, the
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
section 901(m) payor is considered to
pay or accrue only its allocated portion
of the foreign income tax amount of the
foreign payor. In these cases, the section
901(m) payor is allocated the portions of
cost recovery amounts or disposition
amounts (or both) with respect to RFAs
that are equal to the product of the sum
of the cost recovery amounts and the
disposition amounts and a fraction, the
numerator of which is the portion of the
foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign) that is included in the foreign
income of the foreign payor and
included in the allocable foreign income
of the section 901(m) payor, and the
denominator of which is the foreign
income of the RFA owner (foreign). If
allocable foreign income is not
otherwise required to be determined for
a section 901(m) payor because there is
no foreign income tax amount, the
numerator is the foreign income of the
RFA owner (foreign) that is included in
the foreign income of the foreign payor
and that would be included in allocable
foreign income of the section 901(m)
payor if there were a foreign income tax
amount.
(ii) Assignment to a U.S. taxable year
of a section 901(m) payor. A cost
recovery amount or a disposition
amount, or portion thereof, that is
allocated to a section 901(m) payor
under paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section
is assigned to the U.S. taxable year of
the section 901(m) payor in which the
foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign) described in paragraph (g)(3)(i)
of this section is included in the
allocable foreign income of the section
901(m) payor, or, if there is no foreign
income tax amount, the U.S. taxable
year of the section 901(m) payor in
which the foreign income of the RFA
owner (foreign) described in paragraph
(g)(3)(i) of this section would be
included in allocable foreign income if
there were a foreign income tax amount.
(h) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this section. In
addition to any facts described in a
particular example, the following facts
apply to all the examples unless
otherwise specified: CFC1, CFC2, and
DE are organized in Country F and
treated as corporations for Country F tax
purposes. CFC1 and CFC2 are each a
section 902 corporation (as defined in
section 909(d)(5)) that is wholly owned
by the same U.S. corporation, and DE is
a disregarded entity . CFC1 and CFC2
have a U.S. taxable year that is a
calendar year, and CFC1, CFC2, and DE
have a foreign taxable year that is a
calendar year. Country F imposes a
single tax that is a foreign income tax .
CFC1, CFC2, and DE each have a
functional currency of the u with
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
respect to all activities. At all relevant
times, 1u equals $1. All amounts are
stated in millions. The examples assume
that the applicable cost recovery method
for property results in basis being
recovered ratably over the life of the
property beginning on the first day of
the U.S. taxable year in which the
property is acquired or placed into
service.
Example 1. CAA followed by disposition:
fully taxable for both U.S. income tax and
foreign income tax purposes—(i) Facts. (A)
On January 1, Year 1, USP acquires all of the
stock of CFC1 in a qualified stock purchase
(as defined in section 338(d)(3)) to which
section 338(a) applies (Section 338
Acquisition). At the time of the Section 338
Acquisition, CFC1 owns a single asset (Asset
A) that is located in Country F. Asset A gives
rise to income that is taken into account for
Country F tax purposes. Asset A is tangible
personal property that, under the applicable
cost recovery method in the hands of CFC1,
is depreciable over 5 years. There are no cost
recovery deductions available for Country F
tax purposes with respect to Asset A.
Immediately before the Section 338
Acquisition, Asset A has a U.S. basis of 10u
and a foreign basis of 40u. Immediately after
the Section 338 Acquisition, Asset A has a
U.S. basis of 100u and foreign basis of 40u.
(B) On July 1, Year 2, Asset A is transferred
to an unrelated third party in exchange for
120u in a transaction in which all realized
gain is recognized for both U.S. income tax
and Country F tax purposes (subsequent
transaction). For U.S. income tax purposes,
CFC1 recognizes U.S. disposition gain of 50u
(amount realized of 120u, less U.S. basis of
70u (100u cost basis, less 30u of accumulated
depreciation)) with respect to Asset A. The
30u of accumulated depreciation is the sum
of 20u of depreciation in Year 1 (100u cost
basis/5 years) and 10u of depreciation in
Year 2 ((100u cost basis/5 years) × 6/12). For
Country F tax purposes, CFC1 recognizes
foreign disposition gain of 80u (amount
realized of 120u, less foreign basis of 40u)
with respect to Asset A. Immediately after
the subsequent transaction, Asset A has a
U.S. basis and a foreign basis of 120u.
(ii) Result. (A) Under § 1.901(m)–2(b)(1),
USP’s acquisition of the stock of CFC1 in the
Section 338 Acquisition is a section 338
CAA. Under § 1.901(m)–2(c)(i), Asset A is an
RFA with respect to Country F tax because
it is relevant in determining the foreign
income of CFC1 for Country F tax purposes.
Under § 1.901(m)–4(b), the basis difference
with respect to Asset A is 90u (100u ¥ 10u).
Under Section 901(m)–1(a)(31), CFC1 is the
RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to Asset A.
Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(23), CFC1 is a foreign
payor for Country F tax purposes. Under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(35), CFC1 is the section
901(m) payor with respect to a foreign
income tax amount for which CFC1 is the
foreign payor (see § 1.901–2(f)(1)).
(B) Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(5), allocated
basis differences are comprised of cost
recovery amounts and disposition amounts.
In Year 1, Asset A has an allocated basis
difference that includes only a cost recovery
amount. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
section, the cost recovery amount for Year 1
is determined by applying the applicable cost
recovery method of Asset A in the hands of
CFC1 to the basis difference with respect to
Asset A. Accordingly the cost recovery
amount is 18u (90u basis difference/5 years).
Under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, all of
the 18u cost recovery amount is attributed to
CFC1 and assigned to Year 1, because CFC1
is a section 901(m) payor and RFA owner
(U.S.) with respect to Asset A and Year 1 is
the U.S. taxable year of CFC1 in which it
takes into account the corresponding 20u of
depreciation. Immediately after Year 1, under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(40), unallocated basis
difference is 72u with respect to Asset A
(90u¥18u).
(C) In Year 2, Asset A has an allocated
basis difference that includes both a cost
recovery amount and a disposition amount.
Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the
cost recovery amount for Year 2, as of the
date of the subsequent transaction, is 9u
((90u basis difference/5 years) × 6/12). Under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(10), the subsequent
transaction is a disposition of Asset A,
because the subsequent transaction is an
event that results in an amount of gain being
recognized for U.S. income tax and Country
F tax purposes. Because all realized gain in
Asset A is recognized for U.S. income tax and
Country F tax purposes, the rule in paragraph
(c)(2)(i) of this section applies to determine
the disposition amount. Under that rule, the
disposition amount for Year 2 is the
unallocated basis difference of 63u (90u basis
difference, less total 27u taken into account
as cost recovery amounts in Year 1 and Year
2). Accordingly, the allocated basis difference
for Year 2 is 72u (9u of cost recovery amount,
plus 63u of disposition amount). Under
paragraphs (b)(1) and (c)(1) of this section, all
of the 72u of allocated basis difference is
attributed to CFC1 and assigned to Year 2,
because CFC1 is a section 901(m) payor and
the RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to Asset
A and Year 2 is the U.S. taxable year of CFC1
in which it takes into account the
corresponding 10u of depreciation and in
which the disposition occurred.
(D) Unallocated basis difference with
respect to Asset A, as determined
immediately after the subsequent transaction,
is 0u (90u basis difference less 90u basis
difference taken into account as 27u total
cost recovery amount in Year 1 and Year 2
and as a 63u disposition amount in Year 2).
Accordingly, because there is no unallocated
basis difference with respect to Asset A
attributable to the Section 338 Acquisition,
the subsequent transaction is not a successor
transaction as defined in § 1.901(m)–6(b)(2).
Furthermore, the subsequent transaction is
not a CAA under § 1.901(m)–2(b). For these
reasons, section 901(m) no longer applies to
Asset A.
Example 2. CAA followed by Disposition:
nontaxable for U.S. income tax purposes and
taxable for foreign income tax purposes—(i)
Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph
(i)(A) of Example 1 but the facts in paragraph
(i)(B) of Example 1 are instead that on July
1, Year 2, Asset A is transferred to CFC2, in
exchange for 100u of stock of CFC2
(subsequent transaction). For U.S. income tax
purposes, CFC1 does not recognize any U.S.
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88585
disposition gain or U.S. disposition loss with
respect to Asset A. For Country F tax
purposes, CFC1 recognizes foreign
disposition gain of 60u (amount realized of
100u, less foreign basis of 40u) with respect
to Asset A. Immediately after the subsequent
transaction, Asset A has a U.S. basis of 70u
(100u cost basis less 30u accumulated
depreciation) and a foreign basis of 100u. The
30u of accumulated depreciation is the sum
of 20u of depreciation in Year 1 (100u cost
basis/5 years) and 10u in Year 2 ((100u cost
basis/5 years) x 6/12).
(ii) Result. (A) The results described in
paragraph (ii)(A) of Example 1 also apply to
this Example 2.
(B) The result for Year 1 is the same as in
paragraph (ii)(B) of Example 1.
(C) In Year 2, Asset A has an allocated
basis difference that includes both a cost
recovery amount and a disposition amount.
Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the
cost recovery amount for Year 2, as of the
date of the subsequent transaction, is 9u
((90u basis difference/5 years) × 6/12). Under
§ 1.901(m)–1(a)(10), the Transaction is a
disposition of Asset A, because the
subsequent transaction is an event that
results in an amount of gain being recognized
for Country F tax purposes. Because the
disposition is not also fully taxable for U.S.
income tax purposes, the rule in paragraph
(c)(2)(ii) of this section applies to determine
the disposition amount. Under that rule, the
disposition amount is 60u, the lesser of (i)
60u (60u foreign disposition gain plus
absolute value of 0u U.S. disposition loss),
and (ii) 63u unallocated basis difference (90
basis difference less total 27u taken into
account as cost recovery amounts, 18u in
Year 1 and 9u in Year 2). Accordingly, the
allocated basis difference for the first half of
Year 2 is 69u (9u of cost recovery amount,
plus 60u of disposition amount). Under
paragraphs (b)(1) and (c)(1) of this section, all
of the 69u of allocated basis difference is
attributed to CFC1 and assigned to Year 2,
because CFC1 is a section 901(m) payor and
the RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to Asset
A and Year 2 is the U.S. taxable year of CFC1
in which it takes into account the
corresponding 10u of depreciation and in
which the disposition occurred.
(D) Unallocated basis difference with
respect to Asset A immediately after the
subsequent transaction is 3u (90u basis
difference less 87u basis difference taken into
account as a 27u total cost recovery amount
in Year 1 and Year 2 and as a 60u disposition
amount in Year 2). Accordingly, because
there is unallocated basis difference of 3u
with respect to Asset A attributable to the
Section 338 Acquisition, as determined
immediately after the subsequent transaction,
the subsequent transaction is a successor
transaction as defined in § 1.901(m)–6(b)(2).
Following the subsequent transaction, the
unallocated basis difference of 3u must be
taken into account as cost recovery amounts
or disposition amounts (or both) by CFC2, the
new section 901(m) payor and RFA owner
(U.S.) of Asset A. See § 1.901(m)–6(b)(3)(ii).
Because the subsequent transaction is not a
CAA under § 1.901(m)–2(b), there is no
additional basis difference with respect to
Asset A as a result of the subsequent
transaction.
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
88586
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
Example 3. CAA followed by disposition:
nontaxable for both U.S. income tax and
foreign income tax purposes—(i) Facts. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (i)(A) of
Example 1 but the facts in paragraph (i)(B) of
Example 1 are instead that on July 1, Year 2,
CFC1 transfers Asset A to CFC2, in exchange
for 110u of stock of CFC2 (subsequent
transaction). For U.S. income tax purposes,
CFC1 does not recognize any U.S. disposition
gain or U.S. disposition loss with respect to
Asset A as a result of the subsequent
transaction. Furthermore, for Country F tax
purposes, CFC1 recognizes no foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition loss
with respect to Asset A as a result of the
subsequent transaction. Immediately after the
subsequent transaction, Asset A has a U.S.
basis of 70u (100u cost basis less 30u
accumulated depreciation) and a foreign
basis of 40u. The 30u of accumulated
depreciation is the sum of 20u of
depreciation in Year 1 (100u cost basis/5
years) and 10u in Year 2 ((100u cost basis/
5 years) × 6/12).
(ii) Result. (A) The result for Year 1 is the
same as in paragraph (ii)(A) of Example 1.
(B) The result for Year 1 is the same as in
paragraph (ii)(B) of Example 1.
(C) In Year 2, Asset A has an allocated
basis difference that includes only a cost
recovery amount. Under paragraph (b)(2) of
this section, the cost recovery amount for
Year 2, as of the date of the subsequent
transaction, is 9u ((90u basis difference/5
years) × 6/12). Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(10), the
subsequent transaction does not constitute a
disposition of Asset A, because the
subsequent transaction is not an event that
results in an amount of gain or loss being
recognized for U.S. income tax or for Country
F tax purposes. Therefore, no disposition
amount is taken into account for Asset A in
Year 2. Under paragraph (b)(1) of this section,
all of the 9u of allocated basis difference is
attributed to CFC1 and assigned to Year 2,
because CFC1 is a section 901(m) payor and
RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to Asset A
and Year 2 is the U.S. taxable year of CFC1
in which it takes into account the
corresponding 10u of depreciation.
(D) Unallocated basis difference with
respect to Asset A immediately after the
subsequent transaction is 63u (90u basis
difference, less 27u total cost recovery
amounts, 18u in Year 1 and 9u in Year 2).
Accordingly, because there is unallocated
basis difference of 63u with respect to Asset
A attributable to the CAA, as determined
immediately after the subsequent transaction,
the subsequent transaction is a successor
transaction as defined in § 1.901(m)–6(b)(2).
Following the subsequent transaction, the
unallocated basis difference of 63u must be
taken into account as cost recovery amounts
or disposition amounts (or both) by CFC2, the
new section 901(m) payor and RFA owner
(U.S.) of Asset A. See § 1.901(m)–6(b)(3)(ii).
Because the subsequent transaction is not a
CAA under § 1.901(m)–2(b), there is no
additional basis difference with respect to
Asset A as a result of the subsequent
transaction.
(i) Effective/applicability date. (1)
Except for paragraphs (b)(2)(i) and (c)(2)
of this section, this section applies to
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
CAAs occurring on or after the date of
publication of the Treasury decision
adopting these rules as final regulations
in the Federal Register.
(2) [The text of proposed § 1.901(m)–
5(i)(2) is the same as the text of
§ 1.901(m)–5T(i)(2) published elsewhere
in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on
this section prior to the date this section
is applicable provided that they both
consistently apply this section, § 1.704–
1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii),
§ 1.901(m)–1, § 1.901(m)–3, § 1.901(m)–
4 (excluding § 1.901(m)–4(e)),
§ 1.901(m)–6, § 1.901(m)–7, and
§ 1.901(m)–8 to all CAAs occurring on
or after January 1, 2011, and
consistently apply § 1.901(m)–2
(excluding § 1.901(m)–2(d)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after December 7, 2016.
For this purpose, persons that are
related (within the meaning of section
267(b) or 707(b)) will be treated as a
single taxpayer.
■ Par. 8. Section 1.901(m)–6 is added to
read as follows:
§ 1.901(m)–6
Successor rules.
(a) through (b)(2) [The text of
proposed §§ 1.901(m)–6(a) through
(b)(2) is the same as the text of
§§ 1.901(m)–6T(a) through (b)(2)
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(3) Special considerations. (i) If an
asset is an RFA with respect to more
than one foreign income tax, this
paragraph (a) applies separately with
respect to each foreign income tax.
(ii) Any subsequent cost recovery
amount for an RFA transferred in a
successor transaction is determined
based on the post-transaction applicable
cost recovery method, as described in
§ 1.901(m)–5(b)(3), that applies to the
U.S. basis (or portion thereof) that
corresponds to the unallocated basis
difference.
(4)(i) [The text of proposed
§ 1.901(m)–6(b)(4)(i) is the same as the
text of § 1.901(m)–6T(b)(4)(i) published
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(ii) Foreign basis election. If a foreign
basis election is made under § 1.901(m)–
4(c) with respect to a foreign income tax
in a subsequent CAA, any unallocated
basis difference with respect to one or
more prior CAAs will not be taken into
account under section 901(m). The only
basis difference that will be taken into
account after the subsequent CAA with
respect to that foreign income tax is the
basis difference with respect to the
subsequent CAA.
(b)(4)(iii) [The text of proposed
§ 1.901(m)–6(b)(4)(iii) is the same as the
text of § 1.901(m)–6T(b)(4)(iii)
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(5) [The text of proposed § 1.901(m)–
6(b)(5) is the same as the text of
§ 1.901(m)–6T(b)(5) published
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(c) Successor rules for aggregate basis
difference carryover—(1) Transfers of a
section 901(m) payor’s aggregate basis
difference carryover to another person.
If a corporation acquires the assets of a
section 901(m) payor in a transaction to
which section 381 applies, that
corporation succeeds to any aggregate
basis difference carryovers of the section
901(m) payor.
(2) Transfers of a section 901(m)
payor’s aggregate basis difference
carryover with respect to a foreign payor
to another foreign payor. If a section
901(m) payor has an aggregate basis
difference carryover, with respect to a
foreign income tax and a foreign payor,
and substantially all of the assets of the
foreign payor are transferred to another
foreign payor in which the section
901(m) payor owns an interest, the
section 901(m) payor’s aggregate basis
difference carryover with respect to the
first foreign payor is transferred to the
section 901(m) payor’s aggregate basis
difference carryover with respect to the
other foreign payor. In such a case, the
section 901(m) payor’s aggregate basis
difference carryover with respect to the
first foreign payor is reduced to zero.
(3) Anti-abuse rule. If a section 901(m)
payor has an aggregate basis difference
carryover with respect to a foreign
income tax and a foreign payor and,
with a principal purpose of avoiding the
application of section 901(m), assets of
the foreign payor are transferred to
another foreign payor in a transaction
not described in paragraph (c)(1) or (2)
of this section, then a portion of the
aggregate basis difference carryover of
the section 901(m) payor is transferred
either to the aggregate basis difference
carryover of the section 901(m) payor
with respect to the other foreign payor
or to another section 901(m) payor, as
appropriate. The portion of the
aggregate basis difference carryover
transferred is determined based on the
ratio of fair market value of the assets
transferred to the fair market value of all
of the assets of the foreign payor that
transferred the assets. Similar principles
apply when, with a principle purpose of
avoiding the application of section
901(m), there is a change in the
allocation of foreign income for foreign
income tax purposes or the allocation of
foreign income tax amounts for U.S.
income tax purposes that would
otherwise separate foreign income tax
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
amounts from the related aggregate basis
difference carryover.
(4) Ownership. For purposes of this
paragraph (c), a section 901(m) payor
owns an interest in a foreign payor if the
section 901(m) payor owns the interest
directly or indirectly through one or
more fiscally transparent entities for
U.S. income tax purposes.
(d) Effective/applicability date. (1)
[The text of proposed § 1.901(m)–6(d)(1)
is the same as the text of § 1.901(m)–
6T(d)(1) published elsewhere in this
issue of the Federal Register.]
(2) Paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4)(ii), and (c)
of this section apply to CAAs occurring
on or after the date of publication of the
Treasury decision adopting these rules
as final regulations in the Federal
Register.
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on
this section prior to the date this section
is applicable provided that they both
consistently apply this section, § 1.704–
1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii),
§ 1.901(m)–1, §§ 1.901(m)–3 through
1.901(m)–5 (excluding § 1.901(m)–4(e)),
§ 1.901(m)–7, and § 1.901(m)–8 to all
CAAs occurring on or after January 1,
2011, and consistently apply
§ 1.901(m)–2 (excluding § 1.901(m)–
2(d)) to all CAAs occurring on or after
December 7, 2016. For this purpose,
persons that are related (within the
meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b)) will
be treated as a single taxpayer.
■ Par. 9. Section 1.901(m)–7 is added to
read as follows:
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
§ 1.901(m)–7
De minimis rules.
(a) In general. This section provides
rules describing basis difference that is
not taken into account under section
901(m) because a CAA results in a de
minimis amount of basis difference.
Paragraph (b) of this section sets forth
the general rule for determining whether
the de minimis threshold is met.
Paragraph (c) of this section provides
modifications to the general rule in the
case of CAAs involving related persons
and CAAs that are part of an aggregated
CAA transaction. Paragraph (d) of this
section provides rules for applying this
section, and paragraph (e) of this section
provides an anti-abuse rule applicable
to related persons. Paragraph (f) of this
section provides examples that illustrate
the application of this section.
Paragraph (g) of this section provides
the effective/applicability date.
(b) General rule—(1) In general. A
basis difference with respect to an RFA
and a foreign income tax is not taken
into account under section 901(m) if the
requirements under either the
cumulative basis difference exemption
or the RFA class exemption are
satisfied.
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
(2) Cumulative basis difference
exemption. Except as provided in
paragraph (c) of this section, a basis
difference, with respect to an RFA and
a foreign income tax, is not taken into
account under section 901(m)
(cumulative basis difference exemption)
if the sum of that basis difference and
all other basis differences (including
negative basis differences), with respect
to a single CAA and a single RFA owner
(U.S.), is less than the greater of:
(i) $10 million, or
(ii) 10 percent of the total U.S. basis
of all the RFAs immediately after the
CAA.
(3) RFA class exemption—(i) Except
as provided in paragraph (c) of this
section, a basis difference, with respect
to an RFA and a foreign income tax, is
not taken into account under section
901(m) (RFA class exemption) if the
RFA is part of a class of RFAs and the
absolute value of the sum of the basis
differences (including negative basis
differences), with respect to a single
CAA and a single RFA owner, for all the
RFAs in that class is less than the
greater of:
(A) $2 million, or
(B) 10 percent of the total U.S. basis
of all the RFAs in that class of RFAs
immediately after the CAA.
(ii) For purposes of this paragraph
(b)(3), the classes of RFAs are the seven
asset classes defined in § 1.338–6(b),
regardless of whether the CAA is a
section 338 CAA.
(c) Special rules—(1) Modification of
de minimis rules for related persons. If
the transferor and transferee in the CAA
are related persons (as described in
section 267(b) or 707(b)), the cumulative
basis difference exemption and the RFA
class exemption, as described in
paragraph (b) of this section, are applied
by replacing the terms ‘‘$10 million,’’
‘‘10 percent’’, and ‘‘$2 million’’
wherever they occur in that paragraph
with the terms ‘‘$5 million,’’ ‘‘5
percent,’’ and ‘‘$1 million,’’
respectively.
(2) CAA part of an aggregated CAA
transaction. If a CAA is part of an
aggregated CAA transaction and a single
RFA owner (U.S.) does not own all the
RFAs attributable to the CAAs that are
part of the aggregated CAA transaction,
the cumulative basis difference
exemption and the RFA class exemption
apply to such CAA only if, in addition
to satisfying the requirements of
paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this section,
respectively, determined without regard
to this paragraph (c)(2), the cumulative
basis difference exemption or the RFA
class exemption, as modified by this
paragraph (c)(2), is satisfied. Solely for
purposes of this paragraph (c)(2), the
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
88587
cumulative basis difference exemption
and the RFA class exemption are
applied taking into account all the basis
differences with respect to all the RFAs
owned by all the RFA owners (U.S.) that
are attributable to the CAAs that are part
of the aggregated CAA transaction.
(d) Rules of application. The
following rules apply for purposes of
this section.
(1) Whether a basis difference
qualifies for the cumulative basis
difference exemption or the RFA class
exemption is determined when an asset
first becomes an RFA with respect to a
CAA. In the case of a subsequent CAA
described in § 1.901(m)–6(b)(4), the
application of the cumulative basis
difference exemption and the RFA class
exemption is based on basis difference,
if any, that results from the subsequent
CAA.
(2) If there is an aggregated CAA
transaction, the cumulative basis
difference exemption and each RFA
class exemption are applied by treating
all CAAs that are part of the aggregated
CAA transaction as a single CAA.
(3) Basis difference is computed in
accordance with § 1.901(m)–4 except
that a foreign basis election need not be
evidenced if either the cumulative basis
difference exemption or an RFA class
exemption apply to all RFAs with
respect to the CAA.
(4) Basis difference is translated into
U.S. dollars (if necessary) using the spot
rate determined under the principles of
§ 1.988–1(d) on the date of the CAA.
(e) Anti-abuse rule. The cumulative
basis difference exemption and an RFA
class exemption are not available if the
transferor and transferee in the CAA are
related persons (as described in section
267(b) or 707(b)) and the CAA was
entered into, or structured, with a
principal purpose of avoiding the
application of section 901(m). See also
§ 1.901(m)–8(c), which provides that
certain built-in loss assets are not taken
into account for purposes of applying
this section.
(f) Examples. The following examples
illustrate the rules of this section:
Example 1. De minimis; cumulative basis
difference exemption—(i) Facts. USP, a
domestic corporation, as part of a plan,
purchases all of the stock of CFC1 and CFC2
from a single seller. CFC1 and CFC2 are
section 902 corporations (as defined in
section 909(d)(5)), organized in Country F,
and treated as corporations for Country F tax
purposes. Country F imposes a single tax that
is a foreign income tax . Each acquisition is
a qualified stock purchase (as defined in
section 338(d)(3)) to which section 338(a)
applies. A foreign basis election is not made
under § 1.901(m)–4(c). Immediately after the
acquisition of the stock of CFC1 and CFC2,
the assets of CFC1 and CFC2 give rise to
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
88588
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
income that is taken into account for Country
F tax purposes, and those assets are in a
single class, as defined in § 1.338–6(b). At all
relevant times, 1u equals $1. All amounts are
stated in millions. The additional facts are
summarized below.
Total U.S.
basis
immediately
before
Relevant foreign assets
Total U.S.
basis
immediately
after
Total basis
difference
Assets of CFC1 ...........................................................................................................................
Assets of CFC2 ...........................................................................................................................
48u
100u
60u
96u
12u
(4)u
Total ......................................................................................................................................
148u
156u
8u
(ii) Result. (A) Under § 1.901(m)–2(b)(1),
USP’s acquisitions of the stock of CFC1 and
CFC2 are each a section 338 CAA. Under
1.901(m)–1(a)(3), the two section 338 CAAs
constitute an aggregated CAA transaction
because the acquisitions occur as part of a
plan. Under § 1.901(m)–2(c)(1), the assets of
CFC1 and CFC2 are RFAs for Country F tax
purposes because they are relevant in
determining foreign income of CFC1 and CFC
2, respectively, for Country F tax purposes.
Under § 1.901(m)–1(a)(31), CFC1 is the RFA
owner (U.S.) with respect to its assets, and
CFC2 is the RFA owner (U.S.) with respect
to its assets.
(B) Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
the application of the cumulative basis
difference exemption is based on a single
CAA and a single RFA owner (U.S.), subject
to the requirements under paragraph (c)(2) of
this section that apply when there is an
aggregated CAA transaction. In the case of
the section 338 CAA with respect to CFC1,
without regard to paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, the requirements of the cumulative
basis difference exemption are satisfied if the
sum of the basis differences is less than the
threshold of $10 million, the greater of $10
million or $6 million (10% of the total U.S.
basis of $60 million (60 million u translated
into dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u)).
In this case, the sum of the basis differences
is $12 million (12 million u translated into
dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1 u).
Because the sum of the basis differences of
$12 million is not less than the threshold of
$10 million, the requirements of the
cumulative basis difference exemption are
not satisfied. Because the requirements of the
cumulative basis difference exemption are
not satisfied, without regard to paragraph
(c)(2) of this section, paragraph (c)(2) of this
section is not applicable. Finally, the RFA
class exemption is not relevant because all of
the RFAs of CFC1 are in a single class.
Accordingly, the basis differences with
respect to all of the RFAs of CFC1 must be
taken into account under section 901(m).
(C) In the case of the section 338 CAA with
respect to CFC2, without regard to paragraph
(c)(2) of this section, the requirements of the
cumulative basis difference exemption are
satisfied if the sum of the basis differences
is less than the threshold of $10 million, the
greater of $10 million or $ 9.6 million (10%
of the total U.S. basis of $96 million (96
million u translated into dollars at the
exchange rate of $1 = 1u)) In this case, the
sum of the basis differences is ($4) million
((4) million u translated into dollars at the
exchange rate of $1 = 1 u). Because the sum
of the basis differences of ($4) million is less
than the threshold of $10 million, the
requirements of the cumulative basis
difference exemption are satisfied. However,
because the section 338 CAA with respect to
CFC2 is part of an aggregate CAA transaction
that includes the section 338 CAA with
respect to CFC1, paragraph (c)(2) of this
section is applicable. Under paragraph (c)(2)
of this section, the requirements of the
cumulative basis difference exemption must
also be satisfied taking into account all of the
RFAs of both CFC2 and CFC1. In this case,
the requirements of the cumulative basis
difference exemption for purposes of
paragraph (c)(2) of this section are satisfied
if the sum of the basis differences with
respect to all of the RFAs of CFC2 and CFC1
is less than the threshold of $15.6 million,
the greater of $10 million or $15.6 million
(10% of the total U.S. basis of $156 million
(156 million u translated into dollars at the
exchange rate of $1 = 1u)) In this case, the
sum of the basis differences is $8 million (8
million u translated into dollars at the
exchange rate of $1 = 1 u). Because the sum
of the basis differences of $8 million is less
than the threshold of $15.6 million, the
requirements of the cumulative basis
difference exemption are satisfied in the case
of the section 338 CAA with respect to CFC2.
Accordingly, none of the basis differences
with respect to the RFAs of CFC2 are taken
into account under section 901(m).
Example 2. De minimis; RFA Class
Exemption—(i) Facts. USP, a domestic
corporation, acquires all the stock of CFC, a
section 902 corporation (as defined in section
909(d)(5)) organized in Country F and treated
as a corporation for Country F tax purposes,
in a qualified stock purchase (as defined in
section 338(d)(3)) to which section 338(a)
applies. Country F imposes a single tax that
is a foreign income tax . A foreign basis
election is not made under § 1.901(m)–4(c).
Immediately after the acquisition of CFC, the
assets of CFC give rise to income that is taken
into account for Country F tax purposes. At
all relevant times, 1u equals $1. All amounts
are stated in millions. The additional facts
are summarized below.
Total U.S.
basis
immediately
before
Relevant foreign assets
Total U.S.
basis
immediately
after
Total basis
difference
10u
14u
19u
10u
15u
30u
0u
1u
11u
Total ......................................................................................................................................
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
Cash (Class I) ..............................................................................................................................
Inventory (Class IV) .....................................................................................................................
Buildings (Class V) ......................................................................................................................
43u
55u
12u
(ii) Result. (A) Under § 1.901(m)–2(b)(1),
USP’s acquisition of the stock of CFC is a
section 338 CAA. Under § 1.901(m)–2(c)(1),
the assets of CFC are RFAs for Country F tax
purposes because they are relevant in
determining foreign income of CFC for
Country F tax purposes.
(B) Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section,
the requirements of the cumulative basis
difference exemption are satisfied if the sum
of the basis differences is less than the
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
threshold of $10 million, the greater of $10
million or $5.5 million (10% of the total U.S.
basis of $55 million (55 million u translated
into dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u)).
In this case, the sum of the basis differences
is $12 million (12 million u translated into
dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1 u).
Because the sum of the basis differences of
$12 million is not less than the threshold of
$10 million, the requirements of the
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4702
cumulative basis difference exemption are
not satisfied.
(C) Under paragraph (b)(3) of this section,
each of CFC’s assets is allocated to its class
under § 1.338–6(b) for purposes of the RFA
class exemption. The requirements of the
RFA class exemption with respect to the
Class IV RFAs (in this case, inventory) are
satisfied if the absolute value of the sum of
the basis differences with respect to the Class
IV RFAs is less than the threshold of $2
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Federal Register / Vol. 81, No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 / Proposed Rules
million, the greater of $2 million or $1.5
million (10% of the total U.S. basis of Class
IV RFAs of $15 million (15 million u
translated into dollars at the exchange rate of
$1 = 1u)) In this case, the absolute value of
the sum of the basis differences is $1 million
(1 million u translated into dollars at the
exchange rate of $1 = 1 u). Because the sum
of the basis differences of $1 million is less
than the threshold of $2 million, the
requirements of the RFA class exemption are
satisfied. Accordingly, the basis differences
with respect to the Class IV RFAs are not
taken into account under section 901(m).
(D) The requirements of the RFA class
exemption with respect to the Class V RFAs
(in this case, buildings) is satisfied if the
absolute value of the sum of the basis
differences with respect to the Class V RFAs
is less than the threshold of $3 million, the
greater of $2 million or $3 million (10% of
the total U.S. basis of Class V RFAs of $30
million (30 million u translated into dollars
at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u)). In this case,
the absolute value of the sum of the basis
differences is $11 million (11 million u
translated into dollars at the exchange rate of
$1 = 1 u). Because the sum of the basis
differences of $11 million is not less than the
threshold of $3 million, the requirements of
the RFA class exemption are not satisfied.
Accordingly, the basis differences with
respect to the Class V RFAs are taken into
account under section 901(m).
(E) The Class I RFAs (in this case, cash) are
irrelevant because there is no basis
differences with respect to those RFAs.
asabaliauskas on DSK3SPTVN1PROD with PROPOSALS
(g) Effective/applicability date. This
section applies to CAAs occurring on or
after the date of publication of the
Treasury decision adopting these rules
as final regulations in the Federal
Register. Taxpayers may, however, rely
on this section prior to the date this
section is applicable provided that they
VerDate Sep<11>2014
21:02 Dec 06, 2016
Jkt 241001
both consistently apply this section,
§ 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through
(vii), § 1.901(m)–1, §§ 1.901(m)–3
through 1.901(m)–6 (excluding
§ 1.901(m)–4(e)), and § 1.901(m)–8 to all
CAAs occurring on or after January 1,
2011, and consistently apply
§ 1.901(m)–2 (excluding § 1.901(m)–
2(d)) to all CAAs occurring on or after
December 7, 2016. For this purpose,
persons that are related (within the
meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b)) will
be treated as a single taxpayer.
■ Par. 10. Section 1.901(m)–8 is added
to read as follows:
§ 1.901(m)–8
Miscellaneous.
(a) In general. This section provides
guidance on other matters under section
901(m). Paragraph (b) of this section
provides guidance on the application of
section 901(m) to pre-1987 foreign
income taxes. Paragraph (c) of this
section provides anti-abuse rules
relating to built-in loss assets. Paragraph
(d) of this section provides the effective/
applicability date.
(b) Application of section 901(m) to
pre-1987 foreign income taxes. Section
901(m) and §§ 1.901(m)–1 through -8
apply to pre-1987 foreign income taxes
(as defined in § 1.902–1(a)(10)(iii)) of a
section 902 corporation.
(c) Anti-abuse rule for built-in loss
RFAs. A basis difference with respect to
an RFA described in section
901(m)(3)(C)(ii) (built-in loss RFA) will
not be taken into account for purposes
of computing an allocated basis
difference for a U.S. taxable year of a
section 901(m) payor if any RFA,
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
88589
including an RFA other than built-in
loss RFAs, is acquired with a principal
purpose of using one or more built-in
loss RFAs to avoid the application of
section 901(m). Furthermore, a basis
difference with respect to a built-in loss
RFA will not be taken into account for
purposes of the cumulative basis
difference exemption or the RFA class
exemption under § 1.901(m)–7 if any
RFAs, including RFAs other than builtin loss RFAs, are acquired with a
principal purpose of avoiding the
application of section 901(m).
(d) Effective/applicability date. This
section applies to CAAs occurring on or
after the date of publication of the
Treasury decision adopting these rules
as final regulations in the Federal
Register. Taxpayers may, however, rely
on this section prior to the date this
section is applicable provided that they
both consistently apply this section,
§ 1.704–1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through
(vii), § 1.901(m)–1, and §§ 1.901(m)–3
through 1.901(m)–7 (excluding
§ 1.901(m)–4(e)) to all CAAs occurring
on or after January 1, 2011, and
consistently apply § 1.901(m)–2
(excluding § 1.901(m)–2(d)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after December 7, 2016.
For this purpose, persons that are
related (within the meaning of section
267(b) or 707(b)) will be treated as a
single taxpayer.
John Dalrymple,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and
Enforcement.
[FR Doc. 2016–28759 Filed 12–6–16; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4830–01–P
E:\FR\FM\07DEP3.SGM
07DEP3
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 81, Number 235 (Wednesday, December 7, 2016)]
[Proposed Rules]
[Pages 88562-88589]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2016-28759]
[[Page 88561]]
Vol. 81
Wednesday,
No. 235
December 7, 2016
Part VI
Department of the Treasury
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Internal Revenue Service
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
26 CFR Part 1
Covered Asset Acquisitions; Proposed Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 81 , No. 235 / Wednesday, December 7, 2016 /
Proposed Rules
[[Page 88562]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
Department of the Treasury
Internal Revenue Service
26 CFR Part 1
[REG 129128-14]
RIN 1545-BM36
Covered Asset Acquisitions
AGENCY: Internal Revenue Service (IRS), Treasury.
ACTION: Notice of proposed rulemaking by cross-reference in part to
temporary regulations.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: This document contains proposed Income Tax Regulations under
section 901(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (Code) with respect to
transactions that generally are treated as asset acquisitions for U.S.
income tax purposes and either are treated as stock acquisitions or are
disregarded for foreign income tax purposes. In the Rules and
Regulations section of this issue of the Federal Register, temporary
regulations are being issued under section 901(m) (the temporary
regulations), the text of which serves as the text of a portion of
these proposed regulations. These regulations are necessary to provide
guidance on applying section 901(m). These regulations affect taxpayers
claiming foreign tax credits.
DATES: Comments and requests for a public hearing must be received by
March 7, 2017.
ADDRESSES: Send submissions to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-129128-14), Room 5205,
Internal Revenue Service, P.O. Box 7604, Ben Franklin Station,
Washington, DC 20044. Submissions may be hand delivered Monday through
Friday between the hours of 8 a.m. and 4 p.m. to CC:PA:LPD:PR (REG-
129128-14), Courier's desk, Internal Revenue Service, 1111 Constitution
Avenue NW., Washington, DC 20044, or sent electronically, via the
Federal eRulemaking Portal at www.regulations.gov (IRS REG-129128-14).
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Concerning the regulations, Jeffrey L.
Parry, (202) 317-6936; concerning submissions of comments, Regina
Johnson, (202) 317-6901 (not toll-free numbers).
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
Background
I. Section 901(m)
Section 212 of the Education Jobs and Medicaid Assistance Act
(EJMAA), enacted on August 10, 2010 (Pub. L. 111-226), added section
901(m) to the Code. Section 901(m)(1) provides that, in the case of a
covered asset acquisition (CAA), the disqualified portion of any
foreign income tax determined with respect to the income or gain
attributable to relevant foreign assets (RFAs) will not be taken into
account in determining the foreign tax credit allowed under section
901(a), and, in the case of foreign income tax paid by a section 902
corporation (as defined in section 909(d)(5)), will not be taken into
account for purposes of section 902 or 960. Instead, the disqualified
portion of any foreign income tax (the disqualified tax amount) is
permitted as a deduction. See section 901(m)(6).
Under section 901(m)(2), a CAA is (i) a qualified stock purchase
(as defined in section 338(d)(3)) to which section 338(a) applies; (ii)
any transaction that is treated as an acquisition of assets for U.S.
income tax purposes and as the acquisition of stock of a corporation
(or is disregarded) for purposes of a foreign income tax; (iii) any
acquisition of an interest in a partnership that has an election in
effect under section 754; and (iv) to the extent provided by the
Secretary, any other similar transaction. The Joint Committee on
Taxation's technical explanation of EJMAA states that it is anticipated
that the Secretary will issue regulations identifying other similar
transactions that result in an increase to the basis of assets for U.S.
income tax purposes without a corresponding increase for foreign income
tax purposes. Staff of the Joint Committee on Taxation, Technical
Explanation of the Revenue Provisions of the Senate Amendment to the
House Amendment to the Senate Amendment to H.R. 1586, Scheduled for
Consideration by the House of Representatives on August 10, 2010, at 14
(Aug. 10, 2010) (JCT Explanation).
Section 901(m)(3)(A) provides that the term ``disqualified
portion'' means, with respect to any CAA, for any taxable year, the
ratio (expressed as a percentage) of (i) the aggregate basis
differences (but not below zero) allocable to such taxable year with
respect to all RFAs; divided by (ii) the income on which the foreign
income tax referenced in section 901(m)(1) is determined. If the
taxpayer fails to substantiate the income on which the foreign income
tax is determined to the satisfaction of the Secretary, such income
will be determined by dividing the amount of such foreign income tax by
the highest marginal tax rate applicable to the taxpayer's income in
the relevant jurisdiction. The JCT Explanation states that for this
purpose the income on which the foreign income tax is determined is the
income as determined under the law of the relevant jurisdiction. See
JCT Explanation at 14.
Section 901(m)(3)(B)(i) provides the general rule that the basis
difference with respect to any RFA will be allocated to taxable years
using the applicable cost recovery method for U.S. income tax purposes.
Section 901(m)(3)(B)(ii) provides that, except as otherwise provided by
the Secretary, if there is a disposition of an RFA, the basis
difference allocated to the taxable year of the disposition will be the
excess of the basis difference of such asset over the aggregate basis
difference of such asset that has been allocated to all prior taxable
years. The statute further provides that no basis difference with
respect to such asset will be allocated to any taxable year thereafter.
Section 901(m)(3)(C)(i) provides that basis difference means, with
respect to any RFA, the excess of: (i) The adjusted basis of such asset
immediately after the CAA, over (ii) the adjusted basis of such asset
immediately before the CAA. If the adjusted basis of an RFA immediately
before the CAA exceeds the adjusted basis of the RFA immediately after
the CAA (that is, where the adjusted basis of an asset with a built-in
loss is reduced in a CAA), such excess is taken into account as a basis
difference of a negative amount. See section 901(m)(3)(C)(ii).
The JCT Explanation states that, for purposes of determining basis
difference, it is the tax basis for U.S. income tax purposes that is
relevant and not the tax basis as determined under the law of the
relevant jurisdiction. See JCT Explanation at 14. However, the JCT
Explanation further states that it is anticipated that the Secretary
will issue regulations identifying those circumstances in which, for
purposes of determining the adjusted basis of such assets immediately
before the CAA, it may be acceptable to use foreign basis or another
reasonable method. Id.
Section 901(m)(4) provides that an RFA means, with respect to a
CAA, any asset (including goodwill, going concern value, or other
intangible) with respect to such acquisition if income, deduction,
gain, or loss attributable to such asset is taken into account in
determining the foreign income tax referenced in section 901(m)(1).
Section 901(m)(7) provides that the Secretary may issue regulations
or other guidance as is necessary or appropriate to carry out the
purposes of section 901(m), including to exempt from its application
certain CAAs and RFAs with respect to which the basis difference is de
minimis. The JCT
[[Page 88563]]
Explanation states that regulations may also exclude from the
application of section 901(m) CAAs that are not taxable for U.S. income
tax purposes, or in which the basis of the RFAs is also increased for
purposes of the law of the relevant foreign jurisdiction. See JCT
Explanation at 16.
Section 901(m) generally applies to CAAs occurring after December
31, 2010. Section 901(m), however, does not apply to any CAA with
respect to which the transferor and transferee are not related if the
acquisition is made pursuant to a written agreement that was binding on
January 1, 2011, and at all times thereafter; described in a ruling
request submitted to the IRS on or before July 29, 2010; or described
on or before January 1, 2011, in a public announcement or in a filing
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See EJMAA, section 212(b).
II. Notices 2014-44 and 2014-45
The Department of the Treasury (Treasury Department) and the IRS
issued Notice 2014-44 (2014-32 I.R.B. 270 (July 21, 2014)) and Notice
2014-45 (2014-34 I.R.B. 388 (July 29, 2014)), announcing the intent to
issue regulations addressing the application of section 901(m) to
dispositions of RFAs following CAAs and to CAAs described in section
901(m)(2)(C) (regarding section 754 elections). In addition, the
notices announced the intent to issue regulations providing successor
rules for the continued application of section 901(m) after subsequent
transfers of RFAs with remaining basis difference. The temporary
regulations issued in the Rules and Regulations section of this issue
of the Federal Register provide the rules described in those Notices.
Explanation of Provisions
I. Overview
These proposed regulations provide rules for computing the
disqualified portion of foreign income taxes under section 901(m).
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-1 provides definitions that apply for purposes
of the proposed regulations. Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-2 identifies the
transactions that are CAAs, including additional categories of
transactions that are identified as CAAs pursuant to the authority
granted in section 901(m)(2)(D), and provides rules for identifying
assets that are RFAs with respect to a CAA. Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-3
provides rules for computing the disqualified portion of foreign income
taxes, describes the treatment under section 901(m)(1) of the
disqualified portion, and provides rules for determining whether and to
what extent basis difference that is assigned to a given taxable year
is carried over to subsequent taxable years. Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-4
provides rules for determining the basis difference with respect to an
RFA, including an election to use foreign basis for purposes of this
determination. Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5 provides rules for taking into
account basis difference under an applicable cost recovery method or as
a result of a disposition of an RFA, rules for allocating that basis
difference, when necessary, to one or more persons subject to section
901(m), and rules for assigning that basis difference to a U.S. taxable
year. Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6 provides successor rules for applying
section 901(m) to subsequent transfers of RFAs that have basis
difference that has not yet been fully taken into account, as well as
for transferring an aggregate basis difference carryover of a person
subject to section 901(m) either to another aggregate basis difference
carryover account of such person or to another person subject to
section 901(m). Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-7 provides de minimis rules
under which certain basis differences are not taken into account under
section 901(m). Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-8 provides guidance on the
application of section 901(m) to pre-1987 foreign income taxes and
anti-abuse rules relating to built-in loss assets.
II. Relevance of the Terms Section 901(m) Payor, Foreign Payor, RFA
Owner (U.S.), and RFA Owner (Foreign)
As provided under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-1, a section 901(m) payor
is a person that is eligible to claim the foreign tax credit allowed
under section 901(a), regardless of whether the person chooses to claim
the foreign tax credit, as well as a section 902 corporation.
Therefore, a section 901(m) payor is the person required to compute a
disqualified tax amount when section 901(m) applies. The foreign payor
is the individual or entity (including a disregarded entity) subject to
a foreign income tax. The RFA owner (U.S.) is the person that owns one
or more RFAs for U.S. income tax purposes and therefore is required to
report, or otherwise track, items of income, deduction, gain, or loss
attributable to the RFAs for purposes of computing the U.S. taxable
income of the RFA owner (U.S.). Similarly, the RFA owner (foreign) is
the individual or entity (including a disregarded entity) that owns one
or more RFAs for purposes of a foreign income tax and that therefore
generally would report, or otherwise track, items of income, deduction,
gain, or loss attributable to the RFAs for purposes of determining
income reported on a foreign income tax return.
The section 901(m) payor may also be the foreign payor, the RFA
owner (U.S.), or the RFA owner (foreign), or any combination thereof;
alternatively, the section 901(m) payor may not be any of them
depending upon the application of the entity classification rules for
U.S. income tax purposes. Further, the foreign payor and the RFA owner
(foreign) may or may not be the same person for purposes of a foreign
income tax depending upon whether the RFA owner (foreign) is a fiscally
transparent entity for purposes of the foreign income tax. For example,
if a foreign corporation, which is a section 902 corporation, owns RFAs
and is the entity that is subject to a foreign income tax under the
relevant foreign law, the foreign corporation is the section 901(m)
payor, foreign payor, RFA owner (U.S.), and RFA owner (foreign). As
another example, if two U.S. corporations each own a 50 percent
interest in a partnership and the partnership owns a disregarded entity
that is subject to a foreign income tax and that, for purposes of the
foreign income tax, owns one or more RFAs, the corporate partners are
each a section 901(m) payor, the disregarded entity is the foreign
payor and the RFA owner (foreign), and the partnership is the RFA owner
(U.S.).
Finally, because the computation of a section 901(m) payor's
disqualified tax amount is based on items determined at the level of
the foreign payor, the RFA owner (U.S.), and the RFA owner (foreign),
the regulations provide rules for allocating those items when the
section 901(m) payor is not the foreign payor, the RFA owner (U.S.), or
the RFA owner (foreign), or any combination thereof.
III. CAAs and RFAs
A. CAAs
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b) identifies six categories of
transactions that constitute CAAs, three of which are specified in the
statute (incorporated by cross reference to the temporary regulations)
and three of which are additional categories of transactions that are
identified as CAAs pursuant to the authority granted under section
901(m)(2)(D). In addition, for transactions that occurred on or after
January 1, 2011, and before the general applicability date of the
temporary regulations (referred to as the ``transition period'' in the
preamble to the temporary regulations and in this
[[Page 88564]]
preamble), proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d) (incorporated by cross
reference to the temporary regulations) defines CAAs by reference to
the statutory definition under section 901(m)(2). Transactions are CAAs
regardless of whether any gain, income, loss, or deduction realized in
connection with the transaction is taken into account for U.S. income
tax purposes. However, basis difference resulting from a CAA may not be
taken into account under section 901(m) pursuant to de minimis rules in
proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-7.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(1) through (4) describes four specific
types of transactions that are generally expected to result in an
increase in the basis of assets for U.S. income tax purposes without a
corresponding increase in basis for foreign income tax purposes. This
is because these transactions generally are treated as an acquisition
of assets for U.S. income tax purposes and either are treated as an
acquisition of stock or of a partnership interest or are disregarded
for foreign income tax purposes. The other two categories of
transactions described in proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(5) and (6),
which involve an acquisition of assets for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes, are CAAs only if the transaction results in an increase
in the basis of an asset for U.S. income tax purposes but not for
foreign income tax purposes. Such transactions may include, for
example, an acquisition of assets that is structured to avoid the
application of the Code's corporate nonrecognition provisions, such as
section 332, 351, or 361, while still qualifying for nonrecognition
treatment for foreign income tax purposes.
B. RFAs
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-2(c)(1) incorporates by cross reference to
the temporary regulations the general definition of an RFA, which
provides that an RFA means, with respect to a foreign income tax and a
CAA, any asset (including goodwill, going concern value, or other
intangible) subject to the CAA that is relevant in determining foreign
income for purposes of the foreign income tax. In addition, for CAAs
that occurred during the transition period, proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-
2(d) (incorporated by cross reference to the temporary regulations)
defines RFAs by reference to the statutory definition under section
901(m)(4).
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-2(c)(2) generally provides that an asset is
relevant in determining foreign income if income, deduction, gain, or
loss attributable to such asset is or would be taken into account in
determining foreign income immediately after the CAA. Proposed Sec.
1.901(m)-2(c)(3) provides, however, that, after a CAA, an asset will
become an RFA with respect to another foreign income tax if, pursuant
to a plan or series of related transactions that have a principal
purpose of avoiding the application of section 901(m), an asset that is
not relevant in determining foreign income for purposes of that foreign
income tax immediately after the CAA later becomes relevant in
determining such foreign income. A principal purpose of avoiding
section 901(m) will be deemed to exist if income, deduction, gain, or
loss attributable to the asset is taken into account in determining
such foreign income within the one-year period following the CAA.
IV. Disqualified Tax Amount and Aggregate Basis Difference Carryover
A. Disqualified Tax Amount
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-3 sets forth the rules for computing the
disqualified portion of foreign income taxes (referred to in the
regulations as the ``disqualified tax amount''). Proposed Sec.
1.901(m)-3 also sets forth the treatment under section 901(m)(1) of the
disqualified tax amount and provides rules for determining whether and
to what extent basis difference that is assigned to a given U.S.
taxable year is carried over to subsequent U.S. taxable years (referred
to in the regulations as ``aggregate basis difference carryover'').
In general, a disqualified tax amount is computed separately for
each foreign tax return that takes into account income, gain,
deduction, or loss from one or more RFAs in computing the foreign
taxable income and for each section 901(m) payor that pays or accrues,
or that is considered to pay or accrue, a portion of the foreign income
taxes reflected on the foreign tax return. Furthermore, if the foreign
income taxes relate to more than one separate category described in
Sec. 1.904-4(m) (including section 904(d) categories), a separate
disqualified tax amount computation is done for each such separate
category. Members of a U.S. affiliated group of corporations (as
defined in section 1504) that file a consolidated return are each
treated as a separate section 901(m) payor; therefore, disqualified tax
amounts are computed at the member-level.
The proposed regulations refer to the total taxable income (or
loss) that is computed under foreign law for a foreign taxable year and
reflected on a foreign tax return as ``foreign income'' and the total
amount of tax reflected on a foreign tax return as a ``foreign income
tax amount.'' Thus, foreign income does not include income that is
exempt from the foreign income tax. The proposed regulations use the
term ``foreign country creditable taxes'' (or ``FCCTs'') to refer to
any foreign income taxes imposed by another foreign country or
possession of the United States that were allowed under the relevant
foreign law as a credit to reduce the foreign income tax amount and for
which a credit is allowed under section 901 or 903. In addition, the
proposed regulations define ``foreign income tax '' (by cross reference
to the temporary regulations) to mean any income, war profits, or
excess profits tax for which a credit is allowable under section 901 or
903, other than any withholding tax determined on a gross basis as
described in section 901(k)(1)(B).
The foreign income, foreign income tax amount, and any FCCTs are
determined at the foreign-payor level. If the foreign payor is not a
section 901(m) payor, current law provides rules for determining the
person that is considered to pay or accrue a foreign income tax amount
for purposes of the foreign tax credit (see, for example, Sec. Sec.
1.702-1(a)(6) and 1.901-2(f)). Those rules are not changed by these
proposed regulations and therefore apply for purposes of determining
the extent to which a foreign income tax amount is paid or accrued by,
or considered paid or accrued by, a section 901(m) payor for purposes
of section 901(m).
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-3(b) sets forth the treatment of the
disqualified tax amount and the computation of the disqualified tax
amount. Pursuant to section 901(m)(1) and proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-
3(b)(1), the disqualified tax amount is not taken into account for
purposes of determining foreign tax credits under section 901, 902, or
960. A section 901(m) payor must compute a disqualified tax amount for
any U.S. taxable year for which it is assigned a portion of the basis
difference with respect to one or more RFAs.
The disqualified tax amount is the lesser of the tentative
disqualified tax amount and the foreign income tax amount paid or
accrued by, or considered paid or accrued by, a section 901(m) payor.
The tentative disqualified tax amount is determined using a modified
version of the formula provided in section 901(m)(3). To determine the
tentative disqualified tax amount, the foreign income tax amount paid
or accrued by, or considered paid or accrued by, the section 901(m)
payor for its U.S. taxable year (multiplicand) is multiplied by a ratio
(disqualified ratio), the numerator of which is the sum of the portion
of the basis
[[Page 88565]]
difference for all RFAs that is taken into account and assigned to the
U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor, and the denominator of
which is the portion of the foreign income reflected on the foreign tax
return that relates to the foreign income tax amount included in the
multiplicand. The numerator and the denominator of the disqualified
ratio are referred to in the proposed regulations as the ``aggregate
basis difference'' and ``allocable foreign income,'' respectively.
Allocable foreign income (the denominator of the disqualified
ratio) and the foreign income tax amount (the multiplicand) are
determined using the total amount of foreign income and foreign income
tax amount reflected on the foreign income tax return that are
allocable to the section 901(m) payor, instead of by reference only to
the amounts determined with respect to the RFAs. The Treasury
Department and the IRS have determined that this approach appropriately
carries out the purposes of section 901(m) while avoiding the
administrative and compliance burdens that would result from a
requirement to trace amounts of income to RFAs and identify the portion
of foreign income taxes imposed on that income.
If a foreign income tax amount is computed taking into account an
FCCT, the multiplicand of the tentative disqualified tax amount
computation is the sum of the foreign income tax amount and any FCCTs
paid or accrued by, or considered paid or accrued by, the section
901(m) payor. The Treasury Department and the IRS have determined that
it is appropriate to include any FCCTs in the multiplicand to better
reflect the effective tax rate imposed on the aggregate basis
difference. However, the tentative disqualified tax amount is reduced
(but not below zero) to the extent any portion of the FCCTs is itself
treated as a disqualified tax amount of the section 901(m) payor with
respect to a different foreign income tax.
The aggregate basis difference in the numerator includes cost
recovery amounts and disposition amounts taken into account with
respect to RFAs and assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the section
901(m) payor under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5, as discussed in section
VI. of this the Explanation of Provisions of this preamble. When the
numerator and denominator are both positive amounts, the amount of
aggregate basis difference included in the numerator is limited to the
amount of foreign income in the denominator of the disqualified ratio
(in other words, the allocable foreign income). This limitation ensures
that multiplying the foreign income tax amount included in the
multiplicand by the disqualified ratio would not produce a disqualified
tax amount greater than 100 percent of the foreign income tax amount.
See section IV.B. of the Explanation of Provisions section of this
preamble for the treatment of any excess of the aggregate basis
difference over the allocable foreign income as an aggregate basis
difference carryover.
The denominator of the disqualified ratio is the allocable foreign
income. When the entire foreign income tax amount reflected on a
foreign tax return is paid or accrued by, or considered paid or accrued
by, a single section 901(m) payor for U.S. income tax purposes, the
allocable foreign income is simply the total foreign income reflected
on the foreign tax return. In general, this will be the case when the
section 901(m) payor is the foreign payor or owns a disregarded entity
that is the foreign payor, unless there is a change in ownership or a
change in entity classification in the foreign payor requiring an
allocation of the foreign income tax amount of the foreign payor (a
mid-year transaction).
If, however, the foreign income tax amount reflected on a foreign
tax return is allocated to more than one person for U.S. income tax
purposes, the allocable foreign income in the denominator of the
disqualified ratio for a particular section 901(m) payor is equal to
the portion of the foreign income reflected on the foreign tax return
that relates to the foreign income tax amount allocated to, and
considered paid or accrued by, that section 901(m) payor (and therefore
that is included in the multiplicand of the tentative disqualified tax
amount computation). Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-3(b)(2)(iii)(C) provides
guidance on how to determine the allocable foreign income in three
types of cases: (i) The foreign income tax amount is allocated to a
section 901(m) payor because the foreign payor is involved in a mid-
year transaction, such as the transfer of a disregarded entity during
the disregarded entity's foreign taxable year or acquisitions involving
elections under section 338 or 336(e); (ii) the foreign income tax
amount is allocated to a section 901(m) payor that is a partner because
the foreign payor is a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes that is
legally liable for the foreign income tax amount under Sec. 1.901-
2(f)(4)(i) (or the foreign payor is a disregarded entity and its assets
are owned for U.S. income tax purposes by an entity that is treated as
a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes and that is legally liable
for the foreign income tax amount under Sec. 1.901-2(f)(4)(ii)); and
(iii) the foreign income tax amount is allocated to a section 901(m)
payor under Sec. 1.901-2(f)(3)(i) because the section 901(m) payor is
a member of a group whose income is taxed on a combined basis for
foreign income tax purposes.
Notwithstanding the rules described in the two preceding paragraphs
for determining allocable foreign income, if a section 901(m) payor
fails to substantiate its allocable foreign income to the satisfaction
of the Secretary, then proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-3(b)(2)(iii)(D) provides
that allocable foreign income will equal the amount determined by
dividing the sum of the foreign income tax amount and the FCCTs that
are paid or accrued by, or considered paid or accrued by, the section
901(m) payor, by the highest marginal tax rate applicable to income of
the foreign payor under the relevant foreign income tax. See section
901(m)(3)(A).
If the numerator is less than zero, the denominator is less than or
equal to zero, or the multiplicand is zero, the tentative disqualified
tax amount (and therefore the disqualified tax amount) is zero. If the
disqualified tax amount for a year either is zero or is limited by the
foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, a section 901(m) payor, there will be an aggregate basis
difference carryover as described in the next section.
B. Aggregate Basis Difference Carryover
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-3(c) provides rules for determining the
amount of aggregate basis difference carryover for a given U.S. taxable
year of a section 901(m) payor that will be included in the section
901(m) payor's aggregate basis difference for the next U.S. taxable
year (and therefore included in the numerator of the disqualified ratio
for purposes of the next year's disqualified tax amount computation).
The carryover reflects the extent to which the aggregate basis
difference for a U.S. taxable year has not yet given rise to a
disqualified tax amount.
If the disqualified tax amount is zero, none of the aggregate basis
difference gives rise to a disqualified tax amount and therefore the
full amount of the section 901(m) payor's aggregate basis difference
for that year will be reflected in an aggregate basis difference
carryover (positive or negative).
If the disqualified tax amount is not zero, an aggregate basis
difference carryover may still arise in two situations. First, if the
aggregate basis difference exceeds the section 901(m) payor's allocable
foreign income (the denominator of the disqualified ratio) and
therefore the amount of the
[[Page 88566]]
aggregate basis difference included in the numerator is limited, the
excess is reflected in an aggregate basis difference carryover. Second,
if the tentative disqualified tax amount (which takes into account
FCCTs) exceeds the foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by the
section 901(m) payor (which does not include FCCTs), that excess tax
amount is converted into an equivalent amount of aggregate basis
difference that is reflected in an aggregate basis difference
carryover. See Prop. Sec. 1.901(m)-3(c)(2)(ii)(B).
V. Determination of Basis Difference
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-4 incorporates by cross reference the
general rules in the temporary regulations for determining basis
difference. Under these rules, basis difference is determined
separately with respect to each foreign income tax for which an asset
is an RFA.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-4(c)(1) provides for a foreign basis
election, pursuant to which basis difference is equal to the U.S. basis
in the RFA immediately after the CAA less the foreign basis in the RFA
immediately after the CAA (including any adjustments to the foreign
basis resulting from the CAA). Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-4(c)(2) through
(4) provide rules for making a foreign basis election. A foreign basis
election generally is made by the RFA owner (U.S.). For example, in a
section 338 CAA, the foreign basis election is made by the corporation
that is the subject of the qualified stock purchase (new target as
defined in Sec. 1.338-2(c)(17)). If the RFA owner (U.S.) is a
partnership, however, each partner in the partnership (and not the
partnership) may independently make a foreign basis election. A foreign
basis election is made separately for each CAA and with respect to each
foreign income tax and each foreign payor. For this purpose, a series
of CAAs occurring as part of a plan (referred to in the regulations as
an ``aggregated CAA transaction'') are treated as a single CAA. The
proposed regulations contain examples illustrating the scope of the
foreign basis election.
The election is made by using foreign basis to determine the basis
differences for purposes of computing a disqualified tax amount and an
aggregate basis difference carryover. The election generally must be
reflected on a timely filed original federal income tax return for the
first U.S. taxable year that the foreign basis election is relevant.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-4(c)(5) provides an exception for certain cases
in which the RFA owner (U.S.) is a partnership. This exception
generally provides relief when one or more partners and the partnership
have agreed that the partnership would determine whether to provide the
partners with information to apply section 901(m) based on foreign
basis and, in fact, the partnership provided the information to the
partner using foreign basis, but when the partner timely filed its tax
return it failed to report the application of section 901(m). The
purpose of the relief is to address situations in which a partner must
file an amended return in order to properly reflect the application of
section 901(m) but does not have access to the necessary information to
apply section 901(m) using U.S. basis. The criteria for qualifying for
this relief should prevent partners from using hindsight in determining
whether to make the foreign basis election.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-4(c)(6) provides another exception to the
requirement to make the election in a timely filed original federal
income tax return that applies if a taxpayer chooses to consistently
apply these proposed regulations retroactively to all CAAs occurring
before the regulations are issued in final form, including CAAs for
which the taxpayer chooses not to make a foreign basis election. In
this case, a foreign basis election may be reflected on a timely filed
amended federal income tax return (or tax returns, as appropriate),
provided that all amended returns are filed no later than one year
following the date of publication of the Treasury decision adopting
these rules as final regulations in the Federal Register.
VI. Basis Difference Taken Into Account
Section 1.901(m)-5 provides rules for determining the amount of
basis difference with respect to an RFA that is taken into account in a
given U.S. taxable year (referred to in the regulations as ``allocated
basis difference''). This allocated basis difference is used to compute
a disqualified tax amount for a U.S. taxable year. Basis difference is
taken into account in two ways: under an applicable cost recovery
method or as a result of a disposition of the RFA.
For purposes of the discussion under this section VI of the
Explanation of Provisions section of the preamble, unless otherwise
indicated, a reference to direct ownership of an interest in an entity
refers to direct ownership for U.S. income tax purposes, which includes
ownership through one or more disregarded entities. A reference to
indirect ownership of an interest in an entity refers to ownership
through one or more entities that are treated as fiscally transparent
for U.S. income tax purposes, at least one of which is not a
disregarded entity. Finally, a reference to indirect ownership of an
interest in an entity for foreign income tax purposes means ownership
through one or more entities that are treated as fiscally transparent
for foreign income tax purposes.
A. Cost Recovery Rules
1. Determining a Cost Recovery Amount
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(b)(2)(i) incorporates by cross reference
the general rule in the temporary regulations that a cost recovery
amount for an RFA is determined by applying an applicable cost recovery
method to the basis difference rather than to the U.S. basis of the
RFA.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(b)(2)(ii) provides that if the entire
U.S. basis of the RFA is not subject to the same cost recovery method,
the applicable cost recovery method for determining the cost recovery
amount is the cost recovery method that applies to the portion of the
U.S. basis that corresponds to the basis difference.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(b)(3) provides that, for purposes of
section 901(m), an applicable cost recovery method includes any method
for recovering the cost of property over time for U.S. income tax
purposes (each application of a method giving rise to a ``U.S. basis
deduction''). Such methods include depreciation, amortization, or
depletion, as well as a method that allows the cost (or a portion of
the cost) of property to be expensed in the year of acquisition or in
the placed-in-service year, such as under section 179. Applicable cost
recovery methods do not include any provision allowing for the recovery
of U.S. basis upon a disposition of an RFA.
2. Attributing or Allocating a Cost Recovery Amount to a Section 901(m)
Payor
Under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(b)(1), when an RFA owner (U.S.) is
a section 901(m) payor, all of the cost recovery amount is attributed
to the section 901(m) payor and assigned to the U.S. taxable year of
the section 901(m) payor in which the corresponding U.S. basis
deduction with respect to the RFA is taken into account under the
applicable cost recovery method. This is the case regardless of whether
the deduction is deferred or disallowed under other Code provisions
(for example, see section 263A, which requires the capitalization of
certain costs and expenses).
If instead the RFA owner (U.S.) is not a section 901(m) payor but a
fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax
[[Page 88567]]
purposes in which a section 901(m) payor directly or indirectly owns an
interest, proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(2) allocates all or a portion of
the cost recovery amount to the section 901(m) payor. Under those
rules, a cost recovery amount is allocated to the section 901(m) payor
to the extent the U.S. basis deduction that corresponds to the cost
recovery amount (both of which are determined at the level of the RFA
owner (U.S.)) is (or will be) included in the section 901(m) payor's
distributive share of the income of the RFA owner (U.S.) for U.S.
income tax purposes. Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(6) assigns an
allocated cost recovery amount to the U.S. taxable year of the section
901(m) payor that includes the last day of the U.S. taxable year of the
RFA owner (U.S.) in which the RFA owner (U.S.) takes into account the
corresponding U.S. basis deduction (without regard to whether the
deduction is deferred or disallowed under other Code provisions).
Special rules under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(e), discussed in
section VI.D of the Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble,
allocate a cost recovery amount that arises from an RFA with respect to
certain section 743(b) CAAs. In addition, special rules under proposed
Sec. 1.901(m)-5(g), discussed in section VI.F of the Explanation of
Provisions section of this preamble, allocate a cost recovery amount to
a section 901(m) payor in certain cases in which the RFA owner (U.S.)
either is a reverse hybrid or is a fiscally transparent entity for both
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes that is directly or indirectly
owned by a reverse hybrid. A reverse hybrid is an entity that is
treated as a corporation for U.S. income tax purposes but as a fiscally
transparent entity for foreign income tax purposes.
B. General Disposition Rules
1. Definition of Disposition and Determining a Disposition Amount
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(10) defines (by cross reference to the
temporary regulations) a disposition for purposes of section 901(m) as
an event that results in gain or loss being recognized with respect to
an RFA for purposes of U.S. income tax, a foreign income tax, or both.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(c)(2) incorporates by cross reference the
rules provided in the temporary regulations for determining the amount
of basis difference taken into account upon a disposition of an RFA
(the disposition amount). Section 1.901(m)-5T(c)(2) provides that, if a
disposition of an RFA is fully taxable for U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes, the disposition amount will be any remaining unallocated
basis difference (positive or negative). Section 1.901(m)-5T(c)(2)
further provides that, if a disposition of an RFA is not fully taxable
for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes and the RFA has a
positive basis difference, the disposition amount is based solely on
the amount, if any, of foreign disposition gain and U.S. disposition
loss. If, on the other hand, a disposition of an RFA is not fully
taxable for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes and the RFA has a
negative basis difference, the temporary regulations provide that the
disposition amount is based solely on the amount, if any, of foreign
disposition loss and U.S. disposition gain. See section V.B of the
preamble to the temporary regulations for a further discussion of these
provisions.
2. Attributing or Allocating a Disposition Amount to a Section 901(m)
Payor
Under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(c)(1), when the RFA owner (U.S.) is
a section 901(m) payor, all of the disposition amount is attributed to
the section 901(m) payor and assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the
section 901(m) payor in which the disposition occurs.
If instead the RFA owner (U.S.) is not a section 901(m) payor but a
fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax purposes in which a
section 901(m) payor directly or indirectly owns an interest, proposed
Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d), discussed in section VI.C of the Explanation of
Provisions section of this preamble, allocates all or a portion of a
disposition amount to the section 901(m) payor and assigns it to a U.S.
taxable year of the section 901(m) payor.
Special rules under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(e), discussed in
section VI.D of the Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble,
allocate a disposition amount to a section 901(m) payor and assign it
to a U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor when the disposition
amount arises from an RFA with respect to certain section 743(b) CAAs.
Special rules under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(f), discussed in section
VI.E of the Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble,
allocate a disposition amount attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss to a section 901(m) payor and assign it to
a U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor when there is a mid-
year transaction. Special rules under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(g),
discussed in section VI.F of the Explanation of Provisions section of
this preamble, allocate a disposition amount to a section 901(m) payor
and assign it to a U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor in
certain cases in which the RFA owner (U.S.) either is a reverse hybrid
or is a fiscally transparent entity for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes that is directly or indirectly owned by a reverse hybrid.
C. Rules for Allocating and Assigning a Disposition Amount When the RFA
Owner (U.S.) Is a Fiscally Transparent Entity
This section describes the rules for allocating a disposition
amount to a section 901(m) payor when the RFA owner (U.S.) is a
fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax purposes in which a
section 901(m) payor directly or indirectly owns an interest, as well
as rules for assigning the allocated amount to a U.S. taxable year of
the section 901(m) payor.
The allocation rules (discussed in sections VI.C.1 and 2 of the
Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble) vary depending on
whether the disposition amount is attributable to foreign disposition
gain or loss or U.S. disposition gain or loss. The rules for
determining the extent to which a disposition amount is attributable to
foreign or U.S. disposition gain or loss are discussed in section
VI.C.3 of the Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble. The
rules for assigning allocated disposition amounts to a U.S. taxable
year of a section 901(m) payor are discussed in section VI.C.4 of the
Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble.
1. Allocation of a Disposition Amount Attributable to Foreign
Disposition Gain or Foreign Disposition Loss
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(3) addresses the allocation of a
disposition amount attributable to foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss of an RFA. These rules should be interpreted and
applied in a manner consistent with the principle that a disposition
amount attributable to foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition
loss should be allocated to a section 901(m) payor in the same
proportion that the gain or loss is taken into account in computing a
foreign income tax amount that is paid or accrued by, or considered
paid or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor. This is because, for
example, if an RFA has a positive basis difference, a disposition
amount attributable to foreign disposition gain represents an amount of
gain in years following the CAA that is included in foreign income but
never included in U.S. taxable income or earnings and profits because
of the step-up in the U.S. basis of the
[[Page 88568]]
RFA that occurred as a result of the CAA. Accordingly, to the extent a
foreign disposition gain is taken into account in computing a foreign
income tax amount, a portion of that foreign income tax amount should
be disallowed as a foreign tax credit under section 901(m). Similarly,
if an RFA has a negative basis difference and a foreign disposition
loss is taken into account in computing a foreign income tax amount,
this should result in an offset to the amount of the foreign income tax
that otherwise would be disallowed as a foreign tax credit under
section 901(m) as a result of a positive basis difference with respect
to one or more other RFAs.
There are two separate rules for identifying the extent to which a
foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss is taken into
account in computing a foreign income tax amount that is paid or
accrued by, or considered paid or accrued by, a section 901(m) payor
that directly or indirectly owns an interest in an RFA owner (U.S.)
that is a fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax purposes. The
first rule, which is described in proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(3)(ii),
applies when the foreign income tax amount is not allocated, for
example, when the foreign payor is the section 901(m) payor. The second
rule, which is described in proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(3)(iii),
applies when the foreign income tax amount is allocated, for example,
under Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii) when the foreign payor is a partnership
for U.S. income tax purposes in which the section 901(m) payor is a
partner.
a. First Allocation Rule
The first allocation rule applies when a section 901(m) payor, or a
disregarded entity directly owned by a section 901(m) payor, is a
foreign payor whose foreign income includes a distributive share of the
foreign income (that includes the foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss) of the RFA owner (foreign). In this structure, the
entire foreign income tax amount reflected on the foreign income tax
return of the foreign payor is paid or accrued by, or considered paid
or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor. This will be the case when the
RFA owner (U.S.) is treated as a fiscally transparent entity not just
for U.S. income tax purposes, but also for foreign income tax purposes,
and the section 901(m) payor directly or indirectly owns an interest in
the RFA owner (U.S.), provided that, in the case of indirect ownership,
any entities in the ownership chain between the section 901(m) payor
and the RFA owner (U.S), or, when one or more disregarded entities are
directly owned by the section 901(m) payor, between the lowest-tier
disregarded entity and the RFA owner (U.S.), are fiscally transparent
for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes. In these cases, the RFA
owner (U.S.) and the RFA owner (foreign) are the same entity, except in
the unusual case where the RFA owner (U.S.) is an entity that is
disregarded as separate from its owner for foreign income tax purposes.
The first allocation rule allocates a portion of a disposition
amount attributable to foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition
loss, as applicable, to the section 901(m) payor proportionally to the
amount of the foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss that
is included in the foreign payor's (in other words, the section 901(m)
payor or the disregarded entity, as the case may be) distributive share
of the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign) for foreign income tax
purposes.
The following example illustrates the first allocation rule. A
domestic entity that is a corporation for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes (corporate partner) directly owns, for both U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes, an interest in a foreign entity that is a
partnership for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes and that is
the RFA owner (U.S.) and the RFA owner (foreign). In this case, when
the partnership recognizes foreign disposition gain with respect to an
RFA, the foreign income tax amount with respect to such gain is paid by
the partners on their distributive shares of the foreign income of the
partnership that includes the foreign disposition gain. The corporate
partner, and not the partnership, is therefore a foreign payor and a
section 901(m) payor. Accordingly, under the first allocation rule, a
disposition amount attributable to foreign disposition gain is
allocated to the corporate partner proportionally to the amount of the
foreign disposition gain that is included in the corporate partner's
distributive share of the foreign income of the partnership. Thus, for
example, if the partnership recognizes $100 of foreign disposition gain
and 50 percent of that gain is included in the corporate partner's
distributive share of the foreign income of the partnership, and the
disposition amount attributable to the foreign disposition gain is $40,
the corporate partner would be allocated $20 of that amount (50 percent
of $40). The same result would apply if the corporate partner directly
owned the partnership interest through a disregarded entity that is the
foreign payor.
b. Second Allocation Rule
The second allocation rule applies when, instead of a section
901(m) payor or a disregarded entity directly owned by a section 901(m)
being a foreign payor, a section 901(m) payor directly or indirectly
owns an interest in a fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes (other than a disregarded entity directly owned by the section
901(m) payor) that is a foreign payor whose foreign income includes all
or a portion of the foreign income (that includes the foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition loss) of the RFA owner
(foreign). Therefore, the section 901(m) payor is considered to pay or
accrue only an allocated portion of the foreign income tax amount
reflected on the foreign income tax return of the foreign payor. This
will be the case when a section 901(m) payor directly or indirectly
owns an interest in the foreign payor, and the foreign payor is (i) the
RFA owner (U.S.), (ii) another fiscally transparent entity for U.S.
income tax purposes (other than a disregarded entity directly owned by
a section 901(m) payor) that directly or indirectly owns an interest in
the RFA owner (U.S.) for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes, or
(iii) a disregarded entity directly owned by the RFA owner (U.S.). In
each of these cases, the entity subject to tax for purposes of the
foreign income tax (that is, the foreign payor) is treated as a
fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax purposes.
The mechanics of the second allocation rule are different than
those of the first allocation rule. This is because the second
allocation rule applies when neither the section 901(m) payor, nor a
disregarded entity directly owned by a section 901(m) payor, is a
foreign payor that takes into account a foreign disposition gain or
foreign disposition loss for purposes of calculating a foreign income
tax amount, but instead, for U.S. income tax purposes, a foreign income
tax amount of the foreign payor is allocated to, and considered paid or
accrued by, the section 901(m) payor. Accordingly, the second
allocation rule allocates a portion of a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss,
as applicable, to the section 901(m) payor proportionally to the amount
of the foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss that is
included in the allocable foreign income of the section 901(m) payor.
As described in section IV.A of the Explanation of Provisions section
of this preamble, allocable foreign income is generally the portion
[[Page 88569]]
of foreign income of a foreign payor that relates to the portion of the
foreign income tax amount of that foreign payor that is allocated to
and considered paid or accrued by a section 901(m) payor.
The following example illustrates the second allocation rule. A
domestic entity that is a corporation for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes (corporate partner) directly owns an interest in a foreign
entity, the RFA owner (U.S.) and RFA owner (foreign), that is a
partnership for U.S. income tax purposes but a corporation for purposes
of a foreign income tax (a hybrid partnership). In this case, when the
hybrid partnership recognizes foreign disposition gain with respect to
an RFA, it is the hybrid partnership, rather than the partners, that
takes the gain into account for purposes of calculating a foreign
income tax amount. The hybrid partnership is therefore the foreign
payor. For U.S. income tax purposes, a foreign income tax amount of the
hybrid partnership is allocated to, and considered paid or accrued by,
its partners, including the corporate partner that is a section 901(m)
payor (see Sec. Sec. 1.702-1(a)(6), 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii), and 1.901-
2(f)(4)(i)). Under the second allocation rule, a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain is allocated to the corporate
partner proportionally to the amount of the foreign disposition gain
that is included in the corporate partner's allocable foreign income.
Thus, for example, if the hybrid partnership pays a foreign income tax
amount of $30 on $200 of foreign income that includes $100 of foreign
disposition gain and $15 of the foreign income tax amount (50 percent
of $30) is allocated to and considered paid by the corporate partner,
the corporate partner's allocable foreign income would be $100 (50
percent of the $200 foreign income to which the foreign income tax
amount relates), which would include $50 of foreign disposition gain
(50 percent of $100). If the disposition amount attributable to the
foreign disposition gain is $60, the corporate partner would be
allocated $30 of that amount ($60 multiplied by 50 percent, the portion
of the total foreign disposition gain that is included in the corporate
partner's allocable foreign income).
In this example, the analysis would be similar if the corporate
partner instead indirectly owned the partnership interest (for example
through an upper-tier partnership), because the corporate partner would
continue to be the section 901(m) payor and the hybrid partnership
would continue to be the RFA owner (U.S.), the RFA owner (foreign), and
the foreign payor.
2. Allocation of a Disposition Amount Attributable to U.S. Disposition
Gain or U.S. Disposition Loss
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(4) addresses the allocation of a
disposition amount attributable to U.S. disposition gain or U.S.
disposition loss. Such disposition amounts are allocated to a section
901(m) payor based on the portion of the U.S. disposition gain or U.S.
disposition loss (which are determined at the level of the RFA owner
(U.S.)) that is (or will be) included in the section 901(m) payor's
distributive share of the income of the RFA owner (U.S.) for U.S.
income tax purposes.
3. Determining the Extent to Which a Disposition Amount Is Attributable
to Foreign or U.S. Disposition Gain or Loss
a. Positive Basis Difference
When an RFA has a positive basis difference, a disposition amount
arises from a disposition of the RFA only if the disposition results in
a foreign disposition gain or a U.S. disposition loss (or both). To
allocate such a disposition amount to a section 901(m) payor, it is
necessary to determine the extent to which the disposition amount is
attributable to foreign disposition gain or U.S. disposition loss.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(5)(i) provides that if the disposition
results in either a foreign disposition gain or a U.S. disposition
loss, but not both, the entire disposition amount is attributable to
foreign disposition gain or U.S. disposition loss, as applicable, even
if the disposition amount exceeds the foreign disposition gain or the
absolute value of the U.S. disposition loss. If the disposition results
in both a foreign disposition gain and a U.S. disposition loss, the
disposition amount is attributable first to foreign disposition gain to
the extent thereof, and the excess disposition amount, if any, is
attributable to the U.S. disposition loss, even if the excess
disposition amount exceeds the absolute value of the U.S. disposition
loss. In the case of a disposition that is fully taxable for both U.S.
and foreign income tax purposes, a disposition amount may exceed the
sum of the foreign disposition gain and the absolute value of the U.S.
disposition loss if, immediately before the CAA, the foreign basis in
the RFA was greater than the U.S basis, and a foreign basis election
was not made.
b. Negative Basis Difference
When an RFA has a negative basis difference, a disposition amount
arises from a disposition of the RFA only if the disposition results in
a foreign disposition loss or a U.S. disposition gain (or both). To
allocate such a disposition amount to a section 901(m) payor, it is
necessary to determine the extent to which the disposition amount is
attributable to foreign disposition loss or U.S. disposition gain.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(5)(ii) provides rules for making this
determination when there is a negative basis difference that are
similar to those provided in proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(5)(i) for a
positive basis difference.
4. Assigning a Disposition Amount to a U.S. Taxable Year of a Section
901(m) Payor
When a disposition amount is allocated to a section 901(m) payor
under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d), proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(6)
provides that the disposition amount is assigned to the U.S. taxable
year of the section 901(m) payor that includes the last day of the U.S.
taxable year of the RFA owner (U.S.) in which the disposition occurs.
D. Special Allocation Rules for Certain Section 743(b) CAAs
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(e) provides that when a section 901(m)
payor acquires a partnership interest in a section 743(b) CAA,
including a section 743(b) CAA with respect to a lower-tier partnership
that results from a direct acquisition by the section 901(m) payor of
an interest in an upper-tier partnership, a cost recovery amount or a
disposition amount that arises from an RFA with respect to that CAA is
allocated to the acquiring section 901(m) payor. These amounts are
assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor that
includes the last day of the U.S. taxable year of the partnership in
which, in the case of a cost recovery amount, the partnership takes
into account the corresponding U.S. basis deduction, or, in the case of
a disposition amount, the disposition occurs.
This special rule does not apply if it is another partnership, and
not a section 901(m) payor, that acquires a partnership interest in a
section 743(b) CAA. In that case, the general rules for allocating a
cost recovery amount or disposition amount when the RFA owner (U.S.) is
a fiscally transparent entity apply.
E. Special Allocation Rules for Certain Mid-Year Transactions
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(f) provides rules for allocating a
disposition amount when there is a disposition of an RFA during a
foreign taxable year in which the foreign payor is involved in a mid-
year transaction, and the disposition
[[Page 88570]]
results in foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss that is
allocated under the principles of Sec. 1.1502-76(b) to the persons
involved in the mid-year transaction for purposes of allocating the
foreign income tax amount of the foreign payor. A typical example is
when a section 901(m) payor owns a disregarded entity that is both an
RFA owner (foreign) and the foreign payor, and the disregarded entity
sells the RFA in the same year that the section 901(m) payor sells the
disregarded entity to another section 901(m) payor. If the RFA has
positive unallocated basis difference and there is foreign disposition
gain on the sale of the RFA, the sale will give rise to a disposition
amount that will be used by the section 901(m) payors to calculate a
disqualified portion of the foreign income tax amount reflected on the
foreign income tax return of the disregarded entity. Pursuant to Sec.
1.901-2(f)(4)(ii), that foreign income tax amount must be allocated
between the buyer and seller of the disregarded entity based on the
respective portions of foreign income that are attributable under the
principles of Sec. 1.1502-76(b) to the buyer's and seller's respective
periods of ownership of the disregarded entity during its foreign
taxable year. Under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(f)(2), the disposition
amount attributable to foreign disposition gain is similarly allocated
between the buyer and the seller based on the principles in proposed
Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d), discussed in section VI.C of the Explanation of
Provisions section of this preamble, that apply to allocate a
disposition amount when the RFA owner (U.S.) is a fiscally transparent
entity for U.S. income tax purposes.
F. Special Allocation Rules for Certain Reverse Hybrids
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(g) addresses the allocation of cost
recovery amounts and disposition amounts when the RFA owner (U.S.) is
either a reverse hybrid or a fiscally transparent entity for both U.S.
and foreign income tax purposes that is directly or indirectly owned by
a reverse hybrid for U.S. and foreign income tax purposes, and in
either case, a foreign payor directly or indirectly owns an interest in
the reverse hybrid for foreign income tax purposes and therefore
includes in its foreign income a distributive share of the foreign
income (that includes the foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss) of the RFA owner (foreign). These allocation rules
are similar to the allocation rules discussed in section VI.C.1 of the
Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble that apply to
allocate a disposition amount attributable to foreign disposition gain
or foreign disposition loss when the RFA owner (U.S.) is a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax purposes. These rules are
broader in scope, however, because they apply to allocate not just
foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss, but rather, both
cost recovery amounts and entire disposition amounts (which may be
attributable, in whole or in part, to U.S. disposition gain or U.S.
disposition loss). This is because the basis difference giving rise to
such amounts may not be taken into account in computing U.S. taxable
income or earnings and profits of the owners of the reverse hybrid
until one or more subsequent U.S. taxable years (for example, upon the
receipt of a distribution of property from the reverse hybrid).
These rules should be interpreted and applied in a manner
consistent with the principle that a cost recovery amount or a
disposition amount (or both) should be allocated to a section 901(m)
payor proportionally to the amount of the foreign income of the RFA
owner (foreign) that is taken into account in computing a foreign
income tax amount of a foreign payor that is paid or accrued by, or
considered paid or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor.
There are two separate rules for allocating a cost recovery amount
or disposition amount to a section 901(m) payor when the RFA owner
(U.S.) either is a reverse hybrid or a fiscally transparent entity for
both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes that is directly or
indirectly owned by a reverse hybrid for U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes. The first rule, which is described in Sec. 1.901(m)-5(g)(2),
applies when the foreign income tax amount is not allocated, for
example, when the foreign payor is the section 901(m) payor. The second
rule, which is described in Sec. 1.901(m)-5(g)(3), applies when the
foreign income tax amount is allocated, for example, under Sec. 1.704-
1(b)(4)(viii) when the foreign payor is a partnership for U.S. income
tax purposes in which the section 901(m) payor is a partner.
1. First Allocation Rule
The first allocation rule applies when a section 901(m) payor, or a
disregarded entity directly owned by a section 901(m) payor, is the
foreign payor whose foreign income includes a distributive share of the
foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign). In this structure, the
entire foreign income tax amount reflected on the foreign income tax
return of the foreign payor is paid or accrued by, or considered paid
or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor. This will be the case when a
section 901(m) payor directly or indirectly owns an interest in the
reverse hybrid, provided that in the case of indirect ownership, any
entities in the ownership chain between the section 901(m) payor and
the reverse hybrid, or, when one or more disregarded entities are
directly owned by the section 901(m) payor, between the lowest-tier
disregarded entity and the reverse hybird, are fiscally transparent for
both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes. In these cases, the RFA
owner (U.S.) and the RFA owner (foreign) are the same entity, except in
the unusual case where the RFA owner (U.S.) is an entity that is
disregarded as separate from its owner for foreign income tax purposes.
The first allocation rule allocates a portion of a cost recovery
amount or a disposition amount to the section 901(m) payor
proportionally to the amount of the foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign) that is included in the foreign income of the foreign payor
(in other words, the section 901(m) payor or the disregarded entity, as
the case may be).
The following example illustrates the first allocation rule. A
domestic entity that is a corporation for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes (corporate owner) owns an interest in a reverse hybrid
that is the RFA owner (U.S.) and the RFA owner (foreign). A foreign
income tax amount with respect to the foreign income of the reverse
hybrid is paid by the owners of the reverse hybrid on their
distributive shares of such foreign income. The corporate owner, and
not the reverse hybrid, is therefore a foreign payor and a section
901(m) payor. Under the first allocation rule, a cost recovery amount
or a disposition amount is allocated to the corporate owner
proportionally to the amount of the foreign income of the reverse
hybrid that is included in the foreign income of the corporate owner.
Thus, for example, if 50 percent of the foreign income of the reverse
hybrid is included in the foreign income of the corporate owner, the
corporate owner would be allocated 50 percent of a cost recovery amount
or a disposition amount with respect to an RFA owned by the reverse
hybrid. The same result would apply if the corporate owner directly
owned the interest in the reverse hybrid through a disregarded entity
that is the foreign payor.
Alternatively, if the reverse hybrid was not the RFA owner
(foreign) but instead the reverse hybrid owned an interest in the RFA
owner (U.S.) and RFA owner (foreign), which is a partnership for both
U.S. and foreign
[[Page 88571]]
income tax purposes, and 60 percent of the foreign income of the
partnership is included in the foreign income of the reverse hybrid
(and therefore 30 percent (50 percent of 60 percent) of the foreign
income of the partnership is included in the foreign income of the
corporate owner), the corporate owner would be allocated 30 percent of
a cost recovery amount or a disposition amount with respect to an RFA
owned by the partnership.
2. Second Allocation Rule
The second allocation rule applies when instead of a section 901(m)
payor, or a disregarded entity directly owned by a section 901(m)
payor, being a foreign payor, a section 901(m) payor directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the foreign payor whose foreign income
includes a distributive share of the foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign). Therefore, the section 901(m) payor is considered to pay or
accrue only an allocated portion of the foreign income tax amount
reflected on the foreign income tax return of the foreign payor. This
will be the case when the foreign payor is a fiscally transparent
entity for U.S. income tax purposes (other than a disregarded entity
directly owned by the section 901(m) payor) that either directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the RFA owner (foreign) for foreign
income tax purposes. In these cases, the RFA owner (U.S.) and the RFA
owner (foreign) are the same entity, except in the unusual case where
the RFA owner (U.S.) is an entity that is disregarded as separate from
its owner for foreign income tax purposes.
The mechanics of the second allocation rule are different than
those of the first allocation rule. This is because the second
allocation rule applies when neither a section 901(m) payor, nor a
disregarded entity directly owned by a section 901(m) payor, is a
foreign payor that takes into account the foreign income of the RFA
owner (foreign) for purposes of calculating a foreign income tax
amount, but instead, for U.S. income tax purposes, a foreign income tax
amount of the entity that is the foreign payor is allocated to, and
considered paid or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor. Accordingly,
the second allocation rule allocates a portion of cost recovery amounts
and disposition amounts proportionally to the amount of the foreign
income of the RFA owner (foreign) that is included in the foreign
income of the foreign payor that is then included in the allocable
foreign income of the section 901(m) payor. As described in section
IV.A of the Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble,
allocable foreign income is generally the portion of foreign income of
a foreign payor that relates to the portion of the foreign income tax
amount of that foreign payor that is allocated to and considered paid
or accrued by a section 901(m) payor.
The following example illustrates the second allocation rule. A
domestic entity that is a corporation for both U.S. and foreign income
tax purposes (corporate partner) owns an interest in an entity that is
a partnership for U.S. income tax purposes but a corporation for
foreign income tax purposes (hybrid partnership), which, in turn, owns
an interest in a reverse hybrid that is the RFA owner (U.S.) and the
RFA owner (foreign). A foreign income tax amount with respect to the
foreign income of the reverse hybrid is paid by the owners of the
reverse hybrid on their distributive shares of such foreign income.
Therefore, the hybrid partnership, rather than its partners, is the
foreign payor. For U.S. income tax purposes, the foreign income tax
amount paid or accrued by the hybrid partnership is allocated to, and
considered paid or accrued by, the corporate partner that is the
section 901(m) payor (see Sec. Sec. 1.702-1(a)(6), 1.704-
1(b)(4)(viii), and 1.901-2(f)(4)(i)). Under the second allocation rule,
a cost recovery amount or a disposition amount with respect to an RFA
owned by the reverse hybrid is allocated to the corporate partner
proportionally to the amount of foreign income of the reverse hybrid
that is taken into account in determining the foreign income of the
hybrid partnership and then the allocable foreign income of the
corporate partner. Thus, for example, if the reverse hybrid has $500 of
foreign income and the hybrid partnership pays a foreign income tax
amount of $30 on $200 of foreign income that includes a $100
distributive share of the foreign income of the reverse hybrid (20
percent of $500) and $15 of the foreign income tax amount (50 percent
of $30) is allocated to and considered paid by the corporate partner,
then the corporate partner's allocable foreign income would be $100 (50
percent of the $200 foreign income to which the foreign income tax
amount relates). A cost recovery amount or disposition amount with
respect to the RFAs owned by the reverse hybrid would be allocated 10
percent to the corporate partner (the corporate partner's 50 percent
share of the hybrid partnership's 20 percent share of the reverse
hybrid's foreign income).
VII. Successor Rules
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6 provides successor rules for applying
section 901(m) following a transfer of RFAs that have basis difference
that has not yet been fully taken into account (referred to in the
regulations as ``unallocated basis difference'') as well as for
determining when an aggregate basis difference carryover of a section
901(m) payor either becomes an aggregate basis difference carryover of
the section 901(m) payor with respect to another foreign payor or is
transferred to another section 901(m) payor.
A. Unallocated Basis Difference
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(1) and (2) incorporate by cross
reference the successor rules set forth in the temporary regulations,
which provide generally that section 901(m) continues to apply to an
RFA after it has been transferred for U.S. income tax purposes if the
RFA continues to have unallocated basis difference following the
transfer (a successor transaction).
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(3) sets forth two clarifications for
applying the successor rules. First, if an asset is an RFA with respect
to more than one foreign income tax, the successor rules apply
separately with respect to each foreign income tax. Second, any
subsequent cost recovery amount for an RFA transferred in a successor
transaction will be determined based on the applicable cost recovery
method that applies to the U.S. basis (or portion thereof) that
corresponds to the unallocated basis difference. Thus, if a successor
transaction restarts the depreciation schedule for an RFA, the
transaction may result in unallocated basis difference being taken into
account at a different recovery rate than otherwise would have applied.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(4)(iii) also incorporates by cross
reference the rule set forth in the temporary regulations that provides
an exception to the general rule when an RFA is subject to multiple
section 743(b) CAAs. See section VI.B. of the Explanation of Provisions
section of the preamble to the temporary regulations for a discussion
of those provisions.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(4)(ii), which is not included in the
temporary regulations, provides an exception to the general successor
rule if a foreign basis election is made under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-
4(c) with respect to a subsequent CAA that otherwise would trigger the
rules for successor transactions. If a foreign basis election is made
with respect to a foreign income tax, the only basis difference that
will be taken into account after the subsequent CAA with respect to
that foreign income tax is the basis difference determined for the
subsequent CAA.
[[Page 88572]]
B. Aggregate Basis Difference Carryover
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6 provides successor rules for aggregate
basis difference carryovers, the computation of which is described in
section IV.B of the Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble.
An aggregate basis difference carryover is treated as a tax attribute
of the section 901(m) payor that retains its character as an aggregate
basis difference carryover with respect to a foreign income tax and a
foreign payor and with respect to a separate category, as described in
Sec. 1.904-4(m) (including the section 904(d) categories). When a
section 901(m) payor transfers its assets in a transaction to which
section 381 applies, proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6(c)(1) provides that any
aggregate basis difference carryovers of the section 901(m) payor are
transferred to the corporation that succeeds to the earnings and
profits, if any. When substantially all of the assets of one foreign
payor are transferred to another foreign payor, both of which are
directly or indirectly owned by the same section 901(m) payor, proposed
Sec. 1.901(m)-6(c)(2) provides that an aggregate basis difference
carryover of the section 901(m) payor with respect to the transferor
foreign payor becomes an aggregate basis difference carryover of the
section 901(m) payor with respect to the transferee foreign payor.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6(c)(3) provides an anti-abuse rule that
would transfer an aggregate basis difference carryover when, with a
principal purpose of avoiding the application of section 901(m), there
is a transfer of assets or a change in either the allocation of foreign
income for foreign income tax purposes or the allocation of foreign
income tax amounts for U.S. income tax purposes that is intended to
separate foreign income tax amounts from the related aggregate basis
difference carryover. This anti-abuse rule would apply, for example,
if, with the principal purpose of avoiding the application of section
901(m), a partnership agreement is amended in order to reduce the
allocation of foreign income to a partner that is a section 901(m)
payor with an aggregate basis difference carryover.
VIII. De Minimis Rules
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-7 describes de minimis rules under which
certain basis differences are not taken into account for purposes of
section 901(m). This determination is made when an asset subject to a
CAA first becomes an RFA. If that same asset is also an RFA by reason
of being subject to a subsequent CAA, the de minimis tests are applied
only to the additional basis difference, if any, that results from the
subsequent CAA. Accordingly, any unallocated basis difference that
arose from the prior CAA that did not qualify for the de minimis
exemption at the time of the prior CAA will not be retested at the time
of the subsequent CAA.
In general, a basis difference with respect to an RFA is not taken
into account for purposes of section 901(m) if either (i) the sum of
the basis differences for all RFAs with respect to the CAA is less than
the greater of $10 million or 10 percent of the total U.S. basis of all
RFAs immediately after the CAA; or (ii) the RFA is part of a class of
RFAs for which the sum of the basis differences of all RFAs in the
class is less than the greater of $2 million or 10 percent of the total
U.S. basis of all RFAs in the class. For this purpose, the classes of
RFAs are the seven asset classes defined in Sec. 1.338-6(b).
The Treasury Department and the IRS decided that transactions
between related parties should be more tightly regulated, and
therefore, the threshold dollar amounts and percentages to meet the de
minimis exemptions for related party CAAs are lower than those for
unrelated party CAAs, replacing the terms ``$10 million,'' ``10
percent,'' and ``$2 million'' wherever they occur with the terms ``$5
million,'' ``5 percent,'' and ``$1 million,'' respectively. In
addition, an anti-abuse provision at proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-7(e)
denies application of the de minimis exemptions to CAAs between related
parties that are entered into or structured with a principal purpose of
avoiding the application of section 901(m).
IX. Miscellaneous
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-8(b) provides that, when a foreign
corporation becomes a section 902 corporation for the first time, as
part of the required reconstruction of the U.S. tax history of the pre-
1987 foreign income taxes of the foreign corporation, section 901(m)
and these regulations must be applied to determine any disqualified tax
amounts or aggregate basis difference carryovers that apply to the
foreign corporation.
Proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-8(c) provides an anti-abuse rule that
applies to disregard an RFA with a built-in loss to the extent it
relates to any asset acquisition structured with a principal purpose to
use that RFA to avoid the application of section 901(m). This rule may
apply, for example, if, with a principal purpose of avoiding the
application of section 901(m), an asset is acquired in a transaction
that preserves a built-in loss in the asset for U.S. income tax
purposes but not for foreign income tax purposes.
X. Modifications to the Section 704(b) Regulations Related to Section
901(m)
Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii) provides a safe harbor under which
allocations of creditable foreign tax expenditures (CFTEs) (as defined
in Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(b)) by a partnership to its partners are
deemed to be in accordance with the partners' interests in the
partnership. In general, the purpose of the safe harbor is to match
allocations of CFTEs with the income to which the CFTEs relate. In
order to apply the safe harbor, a partnership must (1) determine the
partnership's ``CFTE categories,'' (2) determine the partnership's net
income in each CFTE category, and (3) allocate the partnership's CFTEs
to each category. In order to satisfy the safe harbor, partnership
allocations of CFTEs in a CFTE category must be proportionate to the
allocations of the partnership's net income in the CFTE category.
A CFTE may be subject to section 901(m) because it is a foreign
income tax amount that is paid or accrued by a partnership.
Specifically, if a partnership owns an RFA with respect to a foreign
income tax and that RFA has a basis difference subject to section
901(m), a portion of a foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by the
partnership that relates to that foreign income tax may be disallowed
as a foreign tax credit under section 901(m) in the hands of section
901(m) payors to whom the foreign income tax amount is allocated. The
disqualified tax amount is determined by taking into account cost
recovery amounts and disposition amounts with respect to the RFA that
are allocated to those section 901(m) payors pursuant to the rules
provided in proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5. In order to ensure that the
proper portion of a foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by a
partnership is disallowed under section 901(m), adjustments to the net
income (and the allocations of that income) in a CFTE category that
includes items attributable to the RFA are necessary in certain cases.
To illustrate such a case, assume a domestic entity that is a
partnership for U.S. income tax purposes but a corporation for purposes
of a foreign income tax (a hybrid partnership) is owned by partner A
and partner B, each of which is a domestic entity that is a corporation
for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes. In this case, the hybrid
partnership is the foreign payor and partners A and B are section
901(m) payors. The hybrid partnership is the RFA owner (U.S.) and the
RFA owner (foreign) with respect to a single asset that is an RFA.
Assume that in a given
[[Page 88573]]
year the hybrid partnership has 110u of gross income for both U.S. and
foreign tax purposes and a 10u depreciation deduction solely for U.S.
income tax purposes, which gives rise to a cost recovery amount with
respect to the RFA (as determined under proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-
5(b)(2)). All partnership items are allocated equally to partners A and
B, except that the entire 10u U.S. depreciation deduction is allocated
to partner A. Thus, partner A's distributive share of income is 45u
(110u x 50%, less 10u) and partner B's distributive share of income is
55u (110u x 50%). Because the entire U.S. depreciation deduction is (or
will be included) in partner A's distributive share of income for U.S.
income tax purposes, the entire cost recovery amount that corresponds
to the U.S. depreciation deduction of 10u is allocated to partner A.
See proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d)(2). As a result, Partner A will take
into account the 10u cost recovery amount in calculating a disqualified
tax amount with respect to the portion of the relevant foreign income
tax amount paid or accrued by the hybrid partnership and allocated to
partner A under the CFTE allocation rules. In order to ensure that the
portion of the foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by the hybrid
partnership that is attributable to the 10u basis difference is
properly subject to section 901(m), the U.S. depreciation deduction
should not be taken into account under the CFTE allocation rules so
that the portion of the foreign income tax amount attributable to the
10u basis difference is allocated to partner A. Accordingly, the net
income of the CFTE category that includes the U.S. basis deduction
should be increased by 10u (from 100u to 110u) to back out the portion
of the U.S. depreciation deduction that corresponds to the cost
recovery amount, and partner A's share of that net income should be
increased by 10u (from 45u to 55u). In this example, as a result of the
adjustment, the foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by the hybrid
partnership will be allocated equally between partner A and partner B,
because they each will have a 50-percent share of the net income in the
CFTE category, as adjusted. Absent the adjustment, a portion of the
foreign income tax amount attributable to the 10u basis difference
would be allocated to partner B, a person that is not subject to
section 901(m) (because no cost recovery amount is allocated to partner
B).
No modification to the safe harbor is necessary to address cost
recovery amounts and disposition amounts attributable to section 743(b)
adjustments that are allocated to partners under proposed Sec.
1.901(m)-5(e) (which applies when a section 901(m) payor acquires a
partnership interest in a section 743(b) CAA), because, in these cases,
Sec. 1.704-1T(b)(4)(viii)(c)(3)(i) already provides that the
partnership determines net income in a CFTE category without regard to
section 743(b) adjustments that its partners may have to the basis of
property of the partnership. However, as discussed in section VI.D of
the Explanation of Provisions section of this preamble, proposed Sec.
1.901(m)-5(e) does not apply when another partnership (which by
definition cannot be a section 901(m) payor) acquires a partnership
interest in a section 743(b) CAA. Thus, modification to the safe harbor
is necessary for all CAAs other than those section 743(b) CAAs
described in proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(e).
Accordingly, these proposed regulations add special rules under
proposed Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v), (vi), and (vii) to address
partnership items that give rise to cost recovery amounts and
disposition amounts attributable to CAAs (other than section 743(b)
CAAs described in proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(e)). Specifically, these
rules provide that, if an RFA has a positive basis difference, net
income in a CFTE category that takes into account partnership items of
income, deduction, gain, or loss attributable to the RFA (applicable
CFTE category) is increased by the sum of the cost recovery amounts and
disposition amounts attributable to U.S. disposition loss that
correspond to those partnership items. Furthermore, to the extent a
partner is allocated those cost recovery amounts or disposition amounts
attributable to U.S. disposition loss, that partner's share of the net
income in the CFTE category is increased by the same amount.
Alternatively, if an RFA has a negative basis difference, the net
income in the applicable CFTE category is decreased by the sum of the
cost recovery amounts and disposition amounts attributable to U.S.
disposition gain that correspond to partnership items in that CFTE
category. Furthermore, to the extent a partner is allocated those cost
recovery amounts or disposition amounts attributable to U.S.
disposition gain, that partner's share of the net income in the CFTE
category is decreased by the same amount.
XI. Effective/Applicability Dates
These proposed regulations will apply to CAAs occurring on or after
the date of publication of the Treasury decision adopting these rules
as final regulations in the Federal Register. Taxpayers may, however,
rely on the proposed regulations prior to the date the regulations are
applicable provided that they both consistently apply proposed Sec.
1.901(m)-2 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d)) to all CAAs occurring on or
after December 7, 2016 and consistently apply proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-1
and Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-3 through 1.901(m)-8 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-
4(e)) to all CAAs occurring on or after January 1, 2011. For this
purpose, persons that are related (within the meaning of section 267(b)
or 707(b)) will be treated as a single taxpayer.
Special Analyses
Certain IRS regulations, including these, are exempt from the
requirements of Executive Order 12866, as supplemented and reaffirmed
by Executive Order 13563. Therefore, a regulatory impact assessment is
not required. It has also been determined that the Regulatory
Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. chapter 6) does not apply because the
regulations do not impose a collection of information on small
entities. Pursuant to section 7805(f), these regulations will be
submitted to the Chief Counsel for Advocacy of the Small Business
Administration for comment on its impact on small business.
Comments and Requests for Public Hearing
Before these proposed regulations are adopted as final regulations,
consideration will be given to any comments that are submitted timely
to the IRS as prescribed in this preamble under ADDRESSES. The Treasury
Department and the IRS request comments on all aspects of the proposed
rules. All comments will be available at www.regulations.gov or upon
request. A public hearing will be scheduled if requested in writing by
any person that timely submits comments. If a public hearing is
scheduled, notice of the date, time, and place for the public hearing
will be published in the Federal Register.
Drafting Information
The principal author of these regulations is Jeffrey L. Parry of
the Office of Associate Chief Counsel (International). However, other
personnel from the Treasury Department and the IRS participated in
their development.
List of Subjects in 26 CFR Part 1
Income taxes, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements.
[[Page 88574]]
Proposed Amendments to the Regulations
Accordingly, 26 CFR part 1 is proposed to be amended as follows:
PART 1--INCOME TAXES
0
Paragraph 1. The authority citation for part 1 is amended by adding
entries in numerical order to read as follows:
Authority: 26 U.S.C. 7805 * * *
Sections 1.901(m)-1 through -8 also issued under 26 U.S.C.
901(m)(7).* * *
Section 1.901(m)-5 also issued under 26 U.S.C. 901(m)(3)(B)(ii).
* * *
0
Par. 2. Section 1.704-1, as proposed to be amended at 81 FR 5967,
February 4, 2016, is further amended by adding two sentences at the end
of paragraph (b)(1)(ii)(b)(1) and by adding paragraphs
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vii) to read as
follows:
Sec. 1.704-1 Partner's distributive share.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * *
(ii) * * *
(b) * * *
(1) * * * Paragraphs (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii) of this
section apply to covered asset acquisitions (CAAs) (as defined in Sec.
1.901(m)-1(a)(8)) occurring on or after the date of publication of a
Treasury decision adopting these rules as final regulations in the
Federal Register. Taxpayers may, however, rely on paragraphs
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii) of this section prior to the date
paragraphs (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii) of this section are
applicable provided that they consistently apply paragraphs
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii) of this section, Sec. 1.901(m)-1,
and Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-3 through 1.901(m)-8 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-
4(e)) to all CAAs occurring on or after January 1, 2011, and
consistently apply Sec. 1.901(m)-2 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d)) to
all CAAs occurring on or after December 7, 2016.
* * * * *
(4) * * *
(viii) * * *
(c) * * *
(4) * * *
(v) Adjustments related to section 901(m). If one or more assets
owned by a partnership are relevant foreign assets (or RFAs) with
respect to a foreign income tax, then, solely for purposes of applying
the safe harbor provisions of paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(a)(1) of this
section to allocations of CFTEs with respect to that foreign income
tax, the net income in a CFTE category that includes partnership items
of income, deduction, gain, or loss attributable to the RFA shall be
increased by the amount described in paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vi)
of this section and reduced by the amount described in paragraph
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vii) of this section. Similarly, a partner's CFTE
category share of income shall be increased by the portion of the
amount described in paragraph (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vi) of this section
that is allocated to the partner under Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d) and reduced
by the portion of the amount described in paragraph
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vii) of this section that is allocated to the
partner under Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d). The principles of this paragraph
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) apply similarly when a partnership owns an RFA
indirectly through one or more other partnerships. For purposes of
paragraphs (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v), (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vi), and
(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(vii) of this section, basis difference is defined in
Sec. 1.901(m)-4, cost recovery amount is defined in Sec. 1.901(m)-
5(b)(2), disposition amount is defined in Sec. 1.901(m)-5(c)(2),
foreign income tax is defined in Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(21), RFA is
defined in Sec. 1.901(m)-2(c), U.S. disposition gain is defined in
Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(43), and U.S. disposition loss is defined in Sec.
1.901(m)-1(a)(44).
(vi) Adjustment amounts for RFAs with a positive basis difference.
With respect to RFAs with a positive basis difference, the amount
referenced in (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) is the sum of any cost recovery
amounts and disposition amounts attributable to U.S. disposition loss
that correspond to partnership items that are included in the net
income in the CFTE category and that are taken into account for the
U.S. taxable year of the partnership under Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d).
(vii) Adjustment amounts for RFAs with a negative basis difference.
With respect to RFAs with a negative basis difference, the amount
referenced in (b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) is the sum of any cost recovery
amounts and disposition amounts attributable to U.S. disposition gain
that correspond to partnership items that are included in the net
income in the CFTE category and that are taken into account for the
U.S. taxable year of the partnership under Sec. 1.901(m)-5(d).
* * * * *
0
Par. 3. Section 1.901(m)-1 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.901(m)-1 Definitions.
(a) Definitions. [The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a) is the
same as the text of Sec. 1.901(m)-1T(a) published elsewhere in this
issue of the Federal Register.]
(1) The term aggregate basis difference means, with respect to a
foreign income tax and a foreign payor, the sum of the allocated basis
differences for a U.S. taxable year of a section 901(m) payor, plus any
aggregate basis difference carryover from the immediately preceding
U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor with respect to the
foreign income tax and foreign payor, as adjusted under Sec. 1.901(m)-
6(c). For purposes of this definition, if foreign law imposes tax on
the combined income (within the meaning of Sec. 1.901-2(f)(3)(ii)) of
two or more foreign payors, all foreign payors whose items of income,
deduction, gain, or loss are included in the U.S. taxable income or
earnings and profits of the section 901(m) payor are treated as a
single foreign payor. Aggregate basis difference is determined with
respect to each separate category described in Sec. 1.904-4(m).
(2) The term aggregate basis difference carryover has the meaning
provided in Sec. 1.901(m)-3(c).
(3) The term aggregated CAA transaction means a series of related
CAAs occurring as part of a plan.
(4) The term allocable foreign income means the portion of foreign
income of a foreign payor that relates to the foreign income tax amount
of the foreign payor that is paid or accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, a section 901(m) payor.
(5) The term allocated basis difference means, with respect to an
RFA and a foreign income tax, the sum of the cost recovery amounts and
disposition amounts assigned to a U.S. taxable year of the section
901(m) payor under Sec. 1.901(m)-5.
(6) through (8) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(6)
through (8) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-1T(a)(6)
through (8) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(9) The term cumulative basis difference exemption has the meaning
provided in Sec. 1.901(m)-7(b)(2).
(10) through (11) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(10) through (11) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1T(a)(10) through (11) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(12) The term disqualified tax amount has the meaning provided in
Sec. 1.901(m)-3(b).
(13) through (14) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(13) through (14) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1T(a)(13) through (14) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
[[Page 88575]]
(15) The term foreign basis means the adjusted basis of an asset
determined for purposes of a foreign income tax.
(16) The term foreign basis election has the meaning provided in
Sec. 1.901(m)-4(c).
(17) The term foreign country creditable tax (or FCCT) means, with
respect to a foreign income tax amount, the amount of income, war
profits, or excess profits tax paid or accrued to a foreign country or
possession of the United States and claimed as a foreign tax credit for
purposes of determining the foreign income tax amount. To qualify as a
FCCT, the tax imposed by the foreign country or possession must be a
foreign income tax or a withholding tax determined on a gross basis as
described in section 901(k)(1)(B).
(18) through (21) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(18) through (21) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1T(a)(18) through (21) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(22) The term foreign income tax amount means, with respect to a
foreign income tax, the amount of tax (including an amount of tax that
is zero) reflected on a foreign tax return (as properly amended or
adjusted). If foreign law imposes tax on the combined income (within
the meaning of Sec. 1.901-2(f)(3)(ii)) of two or more foreign payors,
however, a foreign income tax amount means the amount of tax imposed on
the combined income, regardless of whether the tax is reflected on a
single foreign tax return.
(23) The term foreign payor means an individual or entity
(including a disregarded entity) subject to a foreign income tax. If a
foreign income tax imposes tax on the combined income (within the
meaning of Sec. 1.901-2(f)(3)(ii)) of two or more individuals or
entities, each such individual or entity is a foreign payor. An
individual or entity may be a foreign payor with respect to more than
one foreign income tax for purposes of applying section 901(m).
(24) The term foreign taxable year means a taxable year for
purposes of a foreign income tax.
(25) The term mid-year transaction means a transaction in which a
foreign payor that is a corporation or a disregarded entity has a
change in ownership or makes an election pursuant to Sec. 301.7701-3
to change its entity classification, or a transaction in which a
foreign payor that is a partnership terminates under section 708(b)(1),
provided in each case that the foreign payor's foreign taxable year
does not close as a result of the transaction, and, if the foreign
payor is a corporation or a partnership, the foreign payor's U.S.
taxable year closes.
(26) through (28) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(26) through (28) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1T(a)(26) through (28) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(29) The term reverse hybrid has the meaning provided in Sec.
1.909-2(b)(1)(iv).
(30) The term RFA class exemption has the meaning provided in Sec.
1.901(m)-7 (b)(3).
(31) The term RFA owner (U.S.) means a person that owns an RFA for
U.S. income tax purposes.
(32) The term RFA owner (foreign) means an individual or entity
(including a disregarded entity) that owns an RFA for purposes of a
foreign income tax.
(33) through (34) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(33) through (34) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1T(a)(33) through (34) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(35) The term section 901(m) payor means a person eligible to claim
the foreign tax credit allowed under section 901(a), regardless of
whether the person chooses to claim the foreign tax credit, as well as
a section 902 corporation (as defined in section 909(d)(5)). If members
of a U.S. affiliated group of corporations (as defined in section 1504)
file a consolidated return, each member is a separate section 901(m)
payor. If individuals file a joint return, those individuals are
treated as a single section 901(m) payor.
(36) through (38) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(36) through (38) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1T(a)(36) through (38) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(39) The term tentative disqualified tax amount has the meaning
provided in Sec. 1.901(m)-3(b)(2).
(40) through (41) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(40) through (41) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1T(a)(40) through (41) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(42) The term U.S. basis deduction has the meaning provided in
Sec. 1.901(m)-5(b)(3).
(43) through (45) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(43) through (45) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-
1T(a)(43) through (45) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(b) Effective/applicability date. (1) Paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3),
(4), (5), (9), (12), (15), (16), (17), (22), (23), (24), (25), (29),
(30), (31), (32), (35), (39), and (42) of this section apply to CAAs
occurring on or after the date of publication of the Treasury decision
adopting these rules as final regulations in the Federal Register.
(2) [The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-1(b)(2) is the same as the
text of Sec. 1.901(m)-1T(b)(2) published elsewhere in this issue of
the Federal Register.]
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on this section prior to the date
this section is applicable provided that they both consistently apply
this section, Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii), and
Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-3 through 1.901(m)-8 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-
4(e)) to all CAAs occurring on or after January 1, 2011, and
consistently apply Sec. 1.901(m)-2 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d)) to
all CAAs occurring on or after December 7, 2016. For this purpose,
persons that are related (within the meaning of section 267(b) or
707(b)) will be treated as a single taxpayer.
0
Par. 4. Section 1.901(m)-2 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.901(m)-2 Covered asset acquisitions and relevant foreign
assets.
(a) through (b)(3) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-2(a)
through (b)(3) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-2T(a)
through (b)(3) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(4) Any transaction (or series of transactions occurring pursuant
to a plan) to the extent it is treated as an acquisition of assets for
purposes of U.S. income tax and as the acquisition of an interest in a
fiscally transparent entity for purposes of a foreign income tax;
(5) Any transaction (or series of transactions occurring pursuant
to a plan) to the extent it is treated as a partnership distribution of
one or more assets the U.S. basis of which is determined by section
732(b) or 732(d) or which causes the U.S. basis of the partnership's
remaining assets to be adjusted under section 734(b), provided the
transaction results in an increase in the U.S. basis of one or more of
the assets distributed by the partnership or retained by the
partnership without a corresponding increase in the foreign basis of
such assets; and
(6) Any transaction (or series of transactions occurring pursuant
to a plan) to the extent it is treated as an acquisition of assets for
purposes of both U.S. income tax and a foreign income tax, provided the
transaction results in an increase in the U.S. basis without a
corresponding increase in the foreign basis of one or more assets.
(c) Relevant foreign asset--(1) [The text of proposed Sec.
1.901(m)-2(c)(1) is the same as the text of Sec. 1.901(m)-
[[Page 88576]]
2T(c)(1) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(2) RFA status with respect to a foreign income tax. An asset is
relevant in determining foreign income if income, deduction, gain, or
loss attributable to the asset is taken into account in determining
foreign income immediately after the CAA, or would be taken into
account in determining foreign income immediately after the CAA if the
asset were to give rise to income, deduction, gain, or loss at such
time.
(3) Subsequent RFA status with respect to another foreign income
tax. After a CAA, an asset will become an RFA with respect to another
foreign income tax if, pursuant to a plan or series of related
transactions that have a principal purpose of avoiding the application
of section 901(m), an asset that was not relevant in determining
foreign income for purposes of that foreign income tax immediately
after the CAA becomes relevant in determining such foreign income. A
principal purpose of avoiding section 901(m) will be deemed to exist if
income, deduction, gain, or loss attributable to the asset is taken
into account in determining such foreign income within the one-year
period following the CAA, or would be taken into account in determining
such foreign income during such time if the asset were to give rise to
income, deduction, gain, or loss within the one-year period.
(d) [The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d) is the same as the
text of Sec. 1.901(m)-2T(d) published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(e) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this
section:
Example 1. CAA involving an acquisition of a partnership
interest for foreign income tax purposes--(i) Facts. (A) FPS is an
entity organized in Country F that is treated as a partnership for
both U.S. and Country F income tax purposes. FPS is owned 50/50 by
FC1 and FC2, each of which is a corporation organized in Country F
and treated as a corporation for both U.S. and Country F income tax
purposes. FPS has a single asset, Asset A. USP, a domestic
corporation, owns all the interests in DE, a disregarded entity.
(B) Pursuant to the same transaction, USP acquires FC1's
interest in FPS, and DE acquires FC2's interest in FPS. For U.S.
income tax purposes, with respect to USP, the acquisition of the
interests in FPS is treated as the acquisition of Asset A by USP.
See Rev. Rul. 99-6, 1999-1 C.B. 432. For Country F tax purposes, the
acquisitions of the interests of FPS by USP and DE are treated as
acquisitions of partnership interests.
(ii) Result. The transaction is a CAA under paragraph (b)(4) of
this section because it is treated as the acquisition of Asset A for
U.S. income tax purposes and the acquisition of interests in a
partnership for Country F tax purposes.
Example 2. CAA involving an asset acquisition for purposes of
both U.S. income tax and a foreign income tax--(i) Facts. (A) USP, a
domestic corporation, wholly owns CFC1, a foreign corporation, and
CFC1 wholly owns CFC2, also a foreign corporation. CFC1 and CFC2 are
organized in Country F. CFC1 owns Asset A.
(B) In an exchange described in section 351, CFC1 transfers
Asset A to CFC2 in exchange for CFC2 common stock and cash. CFC1
recognizes gain on the exchange under section 351(b). Under section
362(a), CFC2's U.S. basis in Asset A is increased by the gain
recognized by CFC1. For Country F tax purposes, gain or loss is not
recognized on the transfer of Asset A to CFC2, and therefore there
is no increase in the foreign basis in Asset A.
(ii) Result. The transaction is a CAA under paragraph (b)(6) of
this section because it is treated as an acquisition of Asset A by
CFC2 for both U.S. and Country F income tax purposes, and it results
in an increase in the U.S. Basis of Asset A without a corresponding
increase in the foreign basis of Asset A.
Example 3. RFA status determined immediately after CAA;
application of principal purpose rule--(i) Facts. (A) USP1 and USP2
are unrelated domestic corporations. USP1 wholly owns USSub, also a
domestic corporation. On January 1 of Year 1, USP2 acquires all of
the stock of USSub from USP1 in a qualified stock purchase (as
defined in section 338(d)(3)) to which section 338(a) applies.
Immediately after the acquisition, none of the income, deduction,
gain, or loss attributable to any of the assets of USSub is taken
into account in determining foreign income for purposes of a foreign
income tax nor would such items be taken into account in determining
foreign income for purposes of a foreign income tax immediately
after the acquisition if such assets were to give rise to income,
deduction, gain, or loss immediately after the acquisition.
(B) On December 1 of Year 1, USSub contributes all its assets to
FSub, its wholly owned subsidiary, which is a corporation for both
U.S. and Country X income tax purposes, in a transfer described in
section 351 (subsequent transfer). USSub recognizes no gain or loss
for U.S. or Country X income tax purposes as a result of the
subsequent transfer. As a result of the subsequent transfer, income,
deduction, gain, or loss attributable to the assets of USSub that
were transferred to FSub is taken into account in determining
foreign income of FSub for Country X tax purposes.
(ii) Result. (A) Under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the
acquisition by USP2 of the stock of USSub is a section 338 CAA.
Under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, none of the assets of USSub
are RFAs immediately after the CAA, because none of the income,
deduction, gain, or loss attributable to such assets is taken into
account for purposes of determining foreign income with respect to
any foreign income tax immediately after the CAA (nor would such
items be taken into account for purposes of determining foreign
income immediately after the CAA if such assets were to give rise to
income, deduction, gain, or loss at such time).
(B) Although the subsequent transfer is not a CAA under
paragraph (b) of this section, the subsequent transfer causes the
assets of USSub to become relevant in the hands of FSub in
determining foreign income for Country X tax purposes. Because the
subsequent transfer occurred within the one-year period following
the CAA, it is presumed to have a principal purpose of avoiding
section 901(m). Accordingly, under paragraph (c)(2) of this section,
the assets of USSub with respect to the CAA occurring on January 1
of Year 1 become RFAs with respect to Country X tax as a result of
the subsequent transfer. Thus, a basis difference with respect to
Country X tax must be computed for the RFAs and taken into account
under section 901(m).
(f) Effective/applicability date. (1) [The text of proposed Sec.
1.901(m)-2(f)(1) is the same as the text of Sec. 1.901(m)-2T(f)(1)
published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(2) Paragraphs (b)(4) through (b)(6), (c)(2), (c)(3), and (e) of
this section apply to CAAs occurring on or after the date of
publication of the Treasury decision adopting these rules as final
regulations in the Federal Register.
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on this section prior to the date
this section is applicable provided that they both consistently apply
this section (excluding paragraph (d) of this section) to all CAAs
occurring on or after December 7, 2016 and consistently apply Sec.
1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii), Sec. 1.901(m)-1, and
Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-3 through 1.901(m)-8 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-
4(e)) to all CAAs occurring on or after January 1, 2011. For this
purpose, persons that are related (within the meaning of section 267(b)
or 707(b)) will be treated as a single taxpayer.
0
Par. 5. Section 1.901(m)-3 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.901(m)-3 Disqualified tax amount and aggregate basis
difference carryover.
(a) In general. If a section 901(m) payor has an aggregate basis
difference, with respect to a foreign income tax and a foreign payor,
for a U.S. taxable year, the section 901(m) payor must determine the
portion of a foreign income tax amount that is disqualified under
section 901(m) (disqualified tax amount). Paragraph (b) of this section
provides rules for determining the disqualified tax amount. Paragraph
(c) of this section provides rules for determining what portion, if
any, of aggregate basis difference will be carried forward to the next
U.S. taxable year (aggregated basis difference carryover). Paragraph
(d) of this section provides the effective/applicability date.
[[Page 88577]]
(b) Disqualified tax amount--(1) In general. A section 901(m)
payor's disqualified tax amount is not taken into account in
determining the credit allowed under section 901(a). If the section
901(m) payor is a section 902 corporation, the disqualified tax amount
is not taken into account for purposes of section 902 or 960. Sections
78 and 275 do not apply to the disqualified tax amount. The
disqualified tax amount is allowed as a deduction to the extent
otherwise deductible (see sections 164, 212, and 964 and the
regulations under those sections).
(2) Determination of disqualified tax amount--(i) In general.
Except as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section, the
disqualified tax amount is equal to the lesser of the foreign income
tax amount that is paid or accrued by, or considered paid or accrued
by, the section 901(m) payor for the U.S. taxable year or the tentative
disqualified tax amount. All calculations are determined with respect
to each separate category described in Sec. 1.904-4(m).
(ii) Tentative disqualified tax amount. The tentative disqualified
tax amount is equal to the amount determined under paragraph
(b)(2)(ii)(A) of this section reduced (but not below zero) by the
amount described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii)(B) of this section.
(A) The product of--
(1) The sum of the foreign income tax amount and the FCCTs that are
paid or accrued by, or considered paid or accrued by, the section
901(m) payor, and
(2) A fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate basis
difference, but not in excess of the allocable foreign income, and the
denominator of which is the allocable foreign income.
(B) The amount of the FCCT that is a disqualified tax amount of the
section 901(m) payor with respect to another foreign income tax.
(iii) Allocable foreign income--(A) No allocation required. Except
as provided in paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(D) of this section, if the entire
foreign income tax amount is paid or accrued by, or considered paid or
accrued by, a single section 901(m) payor, then the allocable foreign
income is equal to the entire foreign income, determined with respect
to each separate category described in Sec. 1.904-4(m).
(B) Allocation required. Except as provided in paragraph
(b)(2)(iii)(D) of this section, if the foreign income tax amount is
allocated to, and considered paid or accrued by, more than one person,
a section 901(m) payor's allocable foreign income is equal to the
portion of the foreign income that relates to the foreign income tax
amount allocated to that section 901(m) payor, determined with respect
to each separate category described in Sec. 1.904-4(m).
(C) Rules for allocations. This paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(C) provides
allocation rules that apply to determine allocable foreign income in
certain cases.
(1) If the foreign payor is involved in a mid-year transaction and
the foreign income tax amount is allocated under Sec. 1.336-
2(g)(3)(ii), 1.338-9(d), or 1.901-2(f)(4), then, to the extent any
portion of the foreign income tax amount is allocated to, and
considered paid or accrued by, a section 901(m) payor, the allocable
foreign income of the section 901(m) payor is determined in accordance
with the principles of Sec. 1.1502-76(b). To the extent the foreign
income tax amount is allocated to an entity that is a partnership for
U.S. income tax purposes, a portion of the foreign income is first
allocated to the partnership in accordance with the principles of Sec.
1.1502-76(b), which is then allocated under the rules of paragraph
(b)(2)(iii)(C)(2) of this section to determine the allocable foreign
income of a section 901(m) payor that owns an interest in the
partnership directly or indirectly through one or more other
partnerships for U.S. income tax purposes.
(2) If the foreign income tax amount is considered paid or accrued
by a section 901(m) payor for a U.S. taxable year under Sec. 1.702-
1(a)(6), the determination of the allocable foreign income must be
consistent with the allocation of the foreign income tax amount that
relates to the foreign income. See Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii).
(3) If the foreign income tax amount that is allocated to, and
considered paid or accrued by, a section 901(m) payor for a U.S.
taxable year is determined under Sec. 1.901-2(f)(3)(i), the allocable
foreign income is determined in accordance with Sec. 1.901-
2(f)(3)(iii).
(D) Failure to substantiate allocable foreign income. If, pursuant
to section 901(m)(3)(A), a section 901(m) payor fails to substantiate
its allocable foreign income to the satisfaction of the Secretary, then
allocable foreign income will equal the amount determined by dividing
the sum of the foreign income tax amount and the FCCTs that are paid or
accrued by, or considered paid or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor,
by the highest marginal tax rate applicable to income of the foreign
payor under foreign tax law.
(iv) Special rule. A section 901(m) payor's disqualified tax amount
is zero for a U.S. taxable year if:
(A) The section 901(m) payor's aggregate basis difference for the
U.S. taxable year is a negative amount;
(B) Foreign income is less than or equal to zero for the foreign
taxable year of the foreign payor; or
(C) The foreign income tax amount that is paid or accrued by, or
considered paid or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor for the U.S.
taxable year is zero.
(3) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of
paragraph (b)(2) of this section. For purposes of all the examples,
unless otherwise specified: USP is a domestic corporation. CFC1, CFC2,
DE1, and DE2 are organized in Country F and are treated as corporations
for Country F tax purposes. CFC1 and CFC2 are section 902 corporations
(as defined in section 909(d)(5)). DE1 and DE2 are disregarded
entities. USP, CFC1, and CFC2 have a calendar year for both U.S. and
Country F income tax purposes, and DE1 and DE2 have a calendar year for
Country F tax purposes. Country F and Country G each impose a single
tax that is a foreign income tax . CFC1, CFC2, DE1, and DE2 each have a
functional currency of the u with respect to all activities. At all
relevant times, 1u equals $1. All amounts are stated in millions. The
examples assume that the applicable cost recovery method for property
results in basis being recovered ratably over the life of the property
beginning on the first day of the U.S. taxable year in which the
property is acquired or placed into service; there is a single Sec.
1.904-4(m) separate category with respect to a foreign income and
foreign income tax amount; and a section 901(m) payor properly
substantiates its allocable foreign income to the satisfaction of the
Secretary.
Example 1. Determining aggregate basis difference; multiple
foreign payors--(i) Facts. CFC1 wholly owns CFC2 and DE1. DE1 wholly
owns DE2. Assume that the tax laws of Country F do not allow
combined income reporting or the filing of consolidated income tax
returns. Accordingly, CFC1, CFC2, DE1, and DE2 file separate tax
returns for Country F tax purposes. USP acquires all of the stock of
CFC1 in a qualified stock purchase (as defined in section 338(d)(3))
to which section 338(a) applies for both CFC1 and CFC2.
(ii) Result. (A) The acquisition of CFC1 gives rise to four
separate CAAs under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b). The acquisition of the
stock of CFC1 and the deemed acquisition of the stock of CFC2 under
section 338(h)(3)(B) is each a Section 338 CAA under Sec. 1.901(m)-
2(b)(1). Furthermore, because the deemed acquisition of the assets
of DE1 and DE2 for U.S. income tax purposes is disregarded for
Country F tax purposes, each acquisition is a CAA under Sec.
1.901(m)-2(b)(2). Because these four CAAs occur pursuant to a plan,
under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(3) they are part of an aggregated CAA
transaction. Under
[[Page 88578]]
Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(31), CFC1 is the RFA owner (U.S.) with respect
to its assets and those of DE1 and DE2. CFC2 is the RFA owner (U.S.)
with respect to its assets. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(23), CFC1,
CFC2, DE1, and DE2 are each a foreign payor for Country F tax
purposes. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(35), CFC1 is the section 901(m)
payor with respect to foreign income tax amounts for which CFC1,
DE1, and DE2 are the foreign payors (see Sec. Sec. 1.901-2(f)(1)
and 1.901-2(f)(4)(ii)). CFC2 is the section 901(m) payor with
respect to foreign income tax amounts for which CFC2 is the foreign
payor (see Sec. 1.901-2(f)(1)).
(B) In determining aggregate basis difference under Sec.
1.901(m)-1(a)(1) for a U.S. taxable year of CFC1, CFC1 has three
computations with respect to Country F tax, because there are three
foreign payors for Country F tax purposes whose foreign income tax
amount, if any, is considered paid or accrued by CFC1 as the section
901(m) payor. Furthermore, for each U.S. taxable year, CFC1 will
compute a separate disqualified tax amount and aggregate basis
difference Carryover (if any) under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, with respect to each foreign payor.
(C) In determining aggregate basis difference for a U.S. taxable
year of CFC2 under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(1), CFC2 has a single
computation with respect to Country F tax, because there is a single
foreign payor (CFC2) for Country F tax purposes whose foreign income
tax amount, if any, is considered paid or accrued by CFC2 as the
section 901(m) payor. Furthermore, for each U.S. taxable year, CFC2
will compute a disqualified tax amount and aggregate basis
difference Carryover (if any) under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section.
(iii) Alternative facts. Assume the same facts as in paragraph
(i) of this Example 1, except that foreign income for Country F tax
purposes is based on combined income (within the meaning of Sec.
1.901-2(f)(3)(ii)) of CFC1, CFC2, DE1, and DE2. For purposes of
determining an aggregate basis difference for a U.S. taxable year of
CFC1 under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(1), CFC1, DE1, and DE2 are treated as
a single foreign payor because all of the items of income,
deduction, gain, or loss with respect to CFC1, DE1, and DE2 are
included in the earnings and profits of CFC1 for U.S. income tax
purposes. For each U.S. taxable year, CFC1 will therefore compute a
single aggregate basis difference, disqualified tax amount, and
aggregate basis difference carryover. The result for CFC2 under the
alternative facts is the same as in paragraph (ii)(C) of this
Example 1.
Example 2. Computation of disqualified tax amount--(i) Facts. On
December 31 of Year 0, USP acquires all of the stock of CFC1 in a
qualified stock purchase (as defined in section 338(d)(3)) to which
section 338(a) applies (Acquisition). CFC1 owns four assets (Asset
A, Asset B, Asset C, and Asset D, and collectively, Assets) and
conducts activities in Country F and in a Country G branch. The
activities conducted by CFC1 in Country G are not subject to tax in
Country F. The tax rate is 25% in Country F and 30% in Country G.
For Country F tax purposes, CFC1's foreign income and foreign income
tax amount for each foreign taxable year 1 through 15 is 100u and
$25 (25u translated at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u), respectively.
For Country G tax purposes, CFC1's foreign income and foreign income
tax amount for each foreign taxable year 1 through 5 is 400u and
$120 (120u translated at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u),
respectively. No dispositions occur for any of the Assets during the
applicable cost recovery period. Additional facts relevant to each
of the Assets are summarized below.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Applicable
Assets Relevant foreign income Basis cost recovery Cost recovery amount
tax difference period (years)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Asset A........................ Country F tax.......... 150u 15 10u (150u/15).
Asset B........................ Country F tax.......... 50u 5 10u (50u/5).
Asset C........................ Country G tax.......... 300u 5 60u (300u/5).
Asset D........................ Country G tax.......... (100u) 5 negative 20u (negative
100/5).
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Result. (A) Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(1), the Acquisition
of the stock of CFC1 is a Section 338 CAA. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-
2(c)(1), Assets A and B are RFAs with respect to Country F tax,
because they are relevant in determining foreign income of CFC1 for
Country F tax purposes and were owned by CFC1 when the Acquisition
occurred. Assets C and D are RFAs with respect to Country G tax,
because they are relevant in determining foreign income of CFC1 for
Country G tax purposes and were owned by CFC1 when the Acquisition
occurred. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(31), CFC1 is the RFA owner
(U.S.) with respect to all of the RFAs. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(35) and (a)(23), CFC1 is the section 901(m) payor and the
foreign payor for Country F and Country G tax purposes.
(B) In determining aggregate basis difference for a U.S. taxable
year of CFC1, CFC1 has two computations, one with respect to Country
F tax and one with respect to Country G tax. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(1), the aggregate basis difference for a U.S. taxable year with
respect to Country F tax is equal to the sum of the allocated basis
differences with respect to Assets A and B for the U.S. taxable
year. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(5), allocated basis differences are
comprised of cost recovery amounts and disposition amounts. Because
there are no dispositions, the only allocated basis differences
taken into account in determining an aggregate basis difference are
cost recovery amounts. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-5(b), any cost recovery
amounts are attributed to CFC1, because CFC1 is the section 901(m)
payor and RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to all of the Assets. For
each U.S. taxable year, CFC1 will compute a separate disqualified
tax amount and aggregate basis difference carryover (if any) with
respect to Country F tax and Country G tax under paragraph (b)(2) of
this section. For purposes of both disqualified tax amount
computations, because CFC1 is the section 901(m) payor and foreign
payor, the foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by CFC1 with
respect to Country F tax and Country G tax, respectively, will be
the entire foreign income tax amount and CFC1's allocable foreign
income will be the entire foreign income.
(C) With respect to Country F tax, in U.S. taxable years 1
through 5, CFC1 has an aggregate basis difference of 20u each year
(10u cost recovery amount with respect to Asset A plus 10u cost
recovery amount with respect to Asset B). For U.S. taxable years 1
through 5, under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the disqualified
tax amount each year is $5, the lesser of two amounts: the tentative
disqualified tax amount, in this case, $5 ($25 foreign income tax
amount x (20u aggregate basis difference/100u allocable foreign
income)), or the foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by CFC1,
in this case, $25. After U.S. taxable year 5, Asset B has no
unallocated basis difference with respect to Country F tax.
Accordingly, in U.S. taxable years 6 through 15, CFC1 has an
aggregate basis difference of 10u each year. Accordingly, for U.S.
taxable years 6 through 15, the disqualified tax amount each year is
$2.50, the lesser of two amounts: the tentative disqualified tax
amount, in this case, $2.50 ($25 foreign income tax amount x (10u
aggregate basis difference/100u allocable foreign income)), or the
foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by CFC1, in this case,
$25. After U.S. taxable year 15, Asset A has no unallocated basis
difference with respect to Country F tax and, therefore, CFC1 has no
disqualified tax amount with respect to Country F Tax.
(D) With respect to Country G tax, in U.S. taxable years 1
through 5, CFC1 has an aggregate basis difference of 40u each year
(60u cost recovery amount with respect to Asset C + (20u) cost
recovery amount with respect to Asset D). For U.S. taxable years 1
through 5, under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the disqualified
tax amount each year is $12, the lesser of two amounts: the
tentative disqualified tax amount, in this case, $12 ($120 foreign
income tax amount x (40u aggregate basis difference/400u allocable
foreign income)), or the foreign income tax amount paid or accrued
by CFC1, in this case, $120. After U.S. taxable year 5, Asset C and
Asset D have no unallocated basis difference with respect to Country
G
[[Page 88579]]
tax. Accordingly, in U.S. taxable years 6 through 15, CFC1 has no
disqualified tax amount with respect to Country G Tax.
Example 3. FCCT--(i) Facts. In U.S. taxable year 1, USP
acquires all of the interests in DE1 in a transaction (Transaction)
that is treated as a stock acquisition for Country F tax purposes.
Immediately after the Transaction, DE1 owns assets (Pre-Transaction
Assets), all of which are used in a Country G branch and give rise
to income that is taken into account for Country F tax and Country G
tax purposes. After the Transaction, DE1 acquires additional assets
(Post-Transaction Assets), which are not used by the Country G
branch. Both Country F and Country G have a tax rate of 30%. Country
F imposes worldwide tax on its residents and provides a foreign tax
credit for taxes paid to other jurisdictions. In foreign taxable
year 3, 100u of income is attributable to DE1's Post-Transaction
Assets and 100u of income is attributable to DE1's Pre-Transaction
Assets. For Country G tax purposes, the foreign income is 100u and
foreign income tax amount is 30u (30% x 100u). For Country F tax
purposes, the foreign income is 200u and the pre-foreign tax credit
tax is 60u (30% x 200u). The 60u of Country F pre-foreign tax credit
tax is reduced by the 30u foreign income tax amount imposed for
Country G tax purposes. Thus, the foreign income tax amount for
Country F tax purposes is $30 (30u translated into dollars at the
exchange rate of $1 = 1u). Assume that for U.S. taxable year 3 USP
has 100u aggregate basis difference with respect to Country F tax
and 100u aggregate basis difference with respect to Country G tax.
USP does not dispose of DE1 or any assets of DE1 in U.S. taxable
year 3.
(ii) Result. (A) Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(2), the Transaction
is a CAA. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(c)(1), the Pre-Transaction Assets
are RFAs with respect to both Country F tax and Country G tax,
because they are relevant in determining the foreign income of DE1
for Country F tax and Country G tax purposes and were owned by DE1
when the Transaction occurred. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(31), USP is
the RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to the RFAs. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(23), DE1 is a foreign payor for Country F tax and Country G tax
purposes. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(35), USP is the section 901(m)
payor with respect to foreign income tax amounts for which DE1 is
the foreign payor (see Sec. 1.901-2(f)(4)(ii)). Because the Country
G foreign income tax amount is claimed as a credit for purposes of
determining the Country F foreign income tax amount, the Country G
foreign income tax amount is an FCCT under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(17).
(B) Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(1), for each U.S. taxable year,
USP will separately compute the aggregate basis difference with
respect to Country F tax and with respect to Country G tax, and will
use those amounts to separately compute a disqualified tax amount
and aggregate basis difference carryover (if any) with respect to
each foreign income tax . Because DE1 is a disregarded entity owned
by USP during the entire U.S. taxable year 3, the foreign income tax
amount paid or accrued by DE1 is not subject to allocation.
Accordingly, for purposes of each of the disqualified tax amount
computations, the foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by USP
with respect to Country F tax and Country G tax, respectively, is
the entire foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by DE1, and,
under paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, USP's allocable
foreign income will be equal to DE1's entire foreign income.
(C) As stated in paragraph (i) of this Example 3, for U.S.
taxable year 3 USP has 100u aggregate basis difference with respect
to Country F tax and 100u aggregate basis difference with respect to
Country G tax. With respect to Country G tax, in U.S. taxable year
3, under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the disqualified tax
amount is $30, the lesser of the two amounts: the tentative
disqualified tax amount, in this case, $30 ($30 foreign income tax
amount x (100u aggregate basis difference/100u allocable foreign
income)), or the foreign income tax amount considered paid or
accrued by USP, in this case, $30.
(D) With respect to Country F tax, in U.S. taxable year 3, under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the disqualified tax amount is $0,
the lesser of two amounts: the tentative disqualified tax amount, in
this case $0 (($30 foreign income tax amount + $30 Country G FCCT) x
(100u aggregate basis difference/200u foreign income) = $30 reduced
by $30 Country G FCCT that is a disqualified tax amount of USP), or
the foreign income tax amount considered paid or accrued by USP, in
this case, $30.
(c) Aggregate basis difference carryover--(1) In general. If a
section 901(m) payor has an aggregate basis difference carryover for a
U.S. taxable year, as determined under this paragraph (c), the
aggregate basis difference carryover is taken into account in computing
the section 901(m) payor's aggregate basis difference for the next U.S.
taxable year. For successor rules that apply to an aggregate basis
difference carryover, see Sec. 1.901(m)-6(c).
(2) Amount of aggregate basis difference carryover. (i) If a
section 901(m) payor's disqualified tax amount is zero, all of the
section 901(m) payor's aggregate basis difference (positive or
negative) for the U.S. taxable year gives rise to an aggregate basis
difference carryover to the next U.S. taxable year.
(ii) If a section 901(m) payor's disqualified tax amount is not
zero, then aggregate basis difference carryover can arise in either or
both of the following two situations:
(A) If a section 901(m) payor's aggregate basis difference for the
U.S. taxable year exceeds its allocable foreign income, the excess
gives rise to an aggregate basis difference carryover.
(B) If the tentative disqualified tax amount exceeds the
disqualified tax amount, the excess tentative disqualified tax amount
is converted into aggregate basis difference carryover by multiplying
such excess by a fraction, the numerator of which is the allocable
foreign income, and the denominator of which is the sum of the foreign
income tax amount and the FCCTs that are paid or accrued by, or
considered paid or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor.
(3) Example. The following example illustrates the rule of
paragraph (c) of this section.
Example. Aggregate basis difference carryover; section 901(m)
payor's U.S. taxable year differs from the foreign taxable year of
foreign payor--(i) Facts. (A) On July 1 of Year 1, CFC1 acquires all
of the interests of DE1 in a transaction (Transaction) that is
treated as a stock acquisition for Country F tax purposes. CFC1 and
DE1 are organized in Country F and are treated as corporations for
Country F tax purposes. CFC1 is a section 902 corporation (as
defined in section 909(d)(5)), and DE1 is a disregarded entity .
CFC1 has a calendar year for U.S. income tax purposes, and DE1 has a
June 30 year-end for Country F tax purposes. Country F imposes a
single tax that is a foreign income tax . CFC1 and DE1 each have a
functional currency of the u with respect to all activities.
Immediately after the Transaction, DE1 owns one asset, Asset A, that
gives rise to income that is taken into account for Country F tax
purposes. For the first U.S. taxable year (U.S. taxable year 1)
there is a cost recovery amount with respect to Asset A of 9u, and
for each subsequent U.S. taxable year until the U.S. basis is fully
recovered, there is a cost recovery amount with respect to Asset A
of 18u. There is no disposition of Asset A.
(ii) Result. (A) Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(2), the Transaction
is a CAA. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(c)(1), Asset A is an RFA with
respect to Country F tax because it is relevant in determining the
foreign income of DE1 for Country F tax purposes and was owned by
DE1 when the Transaction occurred. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(31),
CFC1 is the RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to Asset A. Under Sec.
1.901(m)-1(a)(23), DE1 is a foreign payor for Country F tax
purposes. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(35), CFC1 is the section 901(m)
payor with respect to foreign income tax amounts for which DE1 is
the foreign payor (see Sec. 1.901-2(f)(4)(ii)).
(B) Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(1), in determining the aggregate
basis difference for U.S. taxable year 1, CFC1 has one computation
with respect to Country F tax. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(1),
aggregate basis difference with respect to Country F tax is equal to
the sum of allocated basis differences with respect to all RFAs,
which, in this case, is only Asset A. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(5),
allocated basis differences are comprised of cost recovery amounts
and disposition amounts. Because there is no disposition of Asset A,
the only allocated basis difference taken into account in
determining an aggregate basis difference are cost recovery amounts
with respect to Asset A. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-5(b), any cost
recovery amounts are assigned to a U.S taxable year of CFC1, because
CFC1 is the section 901(m) payor and RFA owner (U.S.) with respect
to Asset A. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this
[[Page 88580]]
section, for each U.S. taxable year, CFC1 will compute a
disqualified tax amount and aggregate basis difference carryover
with respect to the aggregate basis difference. Because DE1 is a
disregarded entity owned by CFC1, the foreign income tax amount paid
or accrued by DE1 is not subject to allocation. Accordingly, for
purposes of the disqualified tax amount computation, the foreign
income tax amount paid or accrued by CFC1 with respect to Country F
tax is the entire foreign income tax amount paid or accrued by DE1,
and under paragraph (b)(2)(iii)(A) of this section, CFC1's allocable
foreign income will be equal to DE1's entire foreign income.
(C) In U.S. taxable year 1, CFC1 has an aggregate basis
difference of 9u (the 9u cost recovery amount with respect to Asset
A for U.S. taxable year 1). However, because the foreign taxable
year of DE1, the foreign payor, will not end between July 1 and
December 31, there will not be a foreign income tax amount for U.S.
taxable year 1. Because the foreign income tax amount considered
paid or accrued by CFC1 for U.S. taxable year 1 is zero, under
paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section, the disqualified tax amount
for U.S. taxable year 1 of CFC1 is also zero. Furthermore, because
the disqualified tax amount is zero, under paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
this section, CFC1 has an aggregate basis difference carryover equal
to 9u, the entire amount of the aggregate basis difference for U.S.
taxable year 1. Under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, the 9u
aggregate basis difference carryover is taken into account in
computing CFC1's aggregate basis difference for U.S. taxable year 2.
Accordingly, in U.S. taxable year 2, CFC1 has an aggregate basis
difference of 27u (18u cost recovery amount for U.S. taxable year 2,
plus 9u aggregate basis difference carryover from U.S. taxable year
1).
(d) Effective/applicability date. This section applies to CAAs
occurring on or after the date of publication of the Treasury decision
adopting these rules as final regulations in the Federal Register.
Taxpayers may, however, rely on this section prior to the date this
section is applicable provided that they both consistently apply this
section, Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii), Sec.
1.901(m)-1, and Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-4 through 1.901(m)-8 (excluding
Sec. 1.901(m)-4(e)) to all CAAs occurring on or after January 1, 2011,
and consistently apply Sec. 1.901(m)-2 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d))
to all CAAs occurring on or after December 7, 2016. For this purpose,
persons that are related (within the meaning of section 267(b) or
707(b)) will be treated as a single taxpayer.
0
Par. 6. Section 1.901(m)-4 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.901(m)-4 Determination of basis difference.
(a) through (b) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-4(a)
through (b) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-4T(a)
through (b) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(c) Foreign basis election. (1) An election (foreign basis
election) may be made to apply section 901(m)(3)(C)(i)(II) by reference
to the foreign basis immediately after the CAA instead of the U.S.
basis immediately before the CAA. Accordingly, if a foreign basis
election is made, basis difference is the U.S. basis in the RFA
immediately after the CAA, less the foreign basis in the RFA
immediately after the CAA. For this purpose, the foreign basis
immediately after the CAA takes into account any adjustment to that
foreign basis resulting from the CAA for purposes of the foreign income
tax .
(2) Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (c), a foreign
basis election is made by the RFA owner (U.S.). If, however, the RFA
owner (U.S.) is a partnership, each partner in the partnership (and not
the partnership) may independently make a foreign basis election. In
the case of one or more tiered partnerships, the foreign basis election
is made at the level at which a partner is not also a partnership.
(3) The election may be made separately for each CAA, and with
respect to each foreign income tax and each foreign payor. For purposes
of making the foreign basis election, all CAAs that are part of an
aggregated CAA transaction are treated as a single CAA. Furthermore,
for purposes of making the foreign basis election, if foreign law
imposes tax on the combined income (within the meaning of Sec. 1.901-
2(f)(3)(ii)) of two or more foreign payors, all foreign payors whose
items of income, deduction, gain, or loss for U.S. income tax purposes
are included in the U.S. taxable income or earnings and profits of a
single section 901(m) payor are treated as a single foreign payor.
(4) A foreign basis election is made by using foreign basis to
determine basis difference for purposes of computing a disqualified tax
amount and an aggregate basis difference carryover for the U.S. taxable
year, as provided under Sec. 1.901(m)-3. A separate statement or form
evidencing the foreign basis election need not be filed. Except as
provided in paragraph (c)(5) and (6) of this section, in order for a
foreign basis election to be effective, the election must be reflected
on a timely filed original federal income tax return (including
extensions) for the first U.S. taxable year that the foreign basis
election is relevant to the computation of any amounts reported on such
return, including on any required schedules.
(5) If the RFA owner (U.S.) is a partnership, a foreign basis
election reflected on a partner's timely filed amended federal income
tax return is also effective if all of the following conditions are
satisfied:
(i) The partner's timely filed original federal income tax return
(including extensions) for the first U.S. taxable year of the partner
in which a foreign basis election is relevant to the computation of any
amounts reported on such return, including on any required schedules,
does not reflect the application of section 901(m);
(ii) The information provided by the partnership to the partner for
purposes of applying section 901(m) and any information required to be
reported by the partnership is based solely on computations that use
foreign basis to determine basis difference; and
(iii) Prior to the due date of the original federal income tax
return (including extensions) described in paragraph (c)(5)(i) of this
section, the partner delegated the authority to the partnership to
choose whether to provide the partner with information to apply section
901(m) using foreign basis, either pursuant to a written partnership
agreement (within the meaning of Sec. 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(h)) or written
notice provided by the partner to the partnership.
(6) If, pursuant to paragraph (g)(3) of this section, a taxpayer
chooses to have this section apply to CAAs occurring on or after
January 1, 2011, a foreign basis election will be effective if the
election is reflected on a timely filed amended federal income tax
return (or tax returns, as applicable) filed no later than one year
following the date of publication of the Treasury decision adopting
these rules as final regulations in the Federal Register.
(7) The foreign basis election is irrevocable. Relief under Sec.
301.9100-1 is not available for the foreign basis election.
(d) Determination of basis difference in a section 743(b) CAA--(1)
[The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-4(d)(1) is the same as the text of
Sec. 1.901(m)-4T(d)(1) published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(2) Foreign basis election. If a foreign basis election is made
with respect to a section 743(b) CAA, then, for purposes of paragraph
(d)(1) of this section, the section 743(b) adjustment is determined by
reference to the foreign basis of the RFA, determined immediately after
the CAA.
(e) [The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-4(e) is the same as the
text of Sec. 1.901(m)-4T(e) published elsewhere in this issue of the
Federal Register.]
(f) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this
section:
[[Page 88581]]
Example 1. Scope of basis choice; identifying separate CAAs,
RFA owners (U.S.), and foreign payors in an aggregated CAA
transaction --(i) Facts. CFC1 wholly owns CFC2, both of which are
section 902 corporations (as defined in section 909(d)(5)),
organized in Country F, and treated as corporations for Country F
tax purposes. CFC1 also wholly owns DE1, and DE1 wholly owns DE2.
DE1 and DE2 are entities organized in Country F treated as
corporations for Country F tax purposes and as disregarded entities
for U.S. income tax purposes. Country F imposes a single tax that is
a foreign income tax . All of the stock of CFC1 is acquired in a
qualified stock purchase (within the meaning of section 338(d)(3))
to which section 338(a) applies for both CFC1 and CFC2. For Country
F tax purposes, the transaction is treated as an acquisition of the
stock of CFC1.
(ii) Result. (A) The acquisition of CFC1 gives rise to four
separate CAAs described in Sec. 1.901(m)-2. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-
2(b)(1), the acquisition of the stock of CFC1 and the deemed
acquisition of the stock of CFC2 under section 338(h)(3)(B) are each
a section 338 CAA. Furthermore, because the deemed acquisition of
the assets of each of DE1 and DE2 for U.S. income tax purposes is
disregarded for Country F tax purposes, the deemed acquisitions are
CAAs under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(2). Because the four CAAs occurred
pursuant to a plan, under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(3), all of the CAAs
are part of an aggregated CAA transaction. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(31), CFC1 is the RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to its assets
and the assets of DE1 and DE2 that are RFAs. CFC2 is the RFA owner
(U.S.) with respect to its assets that are RFAs. Under Sec.
1.901(m)-1(a)(23), CFC1, CFC2, DE1, and DE2 are each a foreign payor
for Country F tax purposes.
(B) Under paragraph (c) of this section, a foreign basis
election may be made by the RFA owner (U.S.). The election is made
separately with respect to each CAA (for this purpose, treating all
CAAs that are part of an aggregated CAA transaction as a single CAA)
and with respect to each foreign income tax and foreign payor. Thus,
in this case, CFC1 can make a separate foreign basis election for
one or more of the following three groups of RFAs: RFAs that are
relevant in determining foreign income of CFC1; RFAs that are
relevant in determining foreign income of DE1; and RFAs that are
relevant in determining foreign income of DE2. Furthermore, CFC2 can
make a foreign basis election for all of its RFAs that are relevant
in determining its foreign income.
Example 2. Scope of basis choice; RFA owner (U.S.) is a
partnership--(i) Facts. USPS is a domestic partnership for which a
section 754 election is in effect. USPS owns two assets, the stock
of DE1 and DE2. DE1 is an entity organized in Country X and treated
as a corporation for Country X tax purposes. DE2 is an entity
organized in Country Y and treated as a corporation for Country Y
tax purposes. DE1 and DE2 are disregarded entities. Country X and
Country Y each impose a single tax that is a foreign income tax .
US1 and US2, unrelated domestic corporations, and FP, a foreign
person unrelated to US1 and US2, acquire partnership interests in
USPS from existing partners of USPS pursuant to the same plan.
(ii) Result. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(3), the acquisitions of
the partnership interests in USPS by US1, US2, and FP each give rise
to separate section 743(b) CAAs, but under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(3),
they are treated as an aggregated CAA transaction because they occur
as part of a plan. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(31), USPS is the RFA
owner (U.S.) with respect to the assets of DE1 and DE2 that are
RFAs. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(23), DE1 is a foreign payor for
Country X tax purposes and DE2 is a foreign payor for Country Y tax
purposes. Because the RFA owner (U.S.) is a partnership, paragraph
(c)(2) of this section provides that US1, US2, and FP (the relevant
partners in USPS) separately choose whether to make a foreign basis
election for purposes of determining basis difference. Furthermore,
under paragraph (c)(3) of this section, the choice to make the
election is made separately by each partner with respect to each
foreign payor. Thus, in this case, each partner may make separate
elections for the RFAs that are relevant in determining foreign
income of DE1 for Country X tax purposes and the RFAs that are
relevant in determining foreign income of DE2 for Country Y tax
purposes.
(g) Effective/applicability date--(1) [The text of proposed Sec.
1.901(m)-4(g)(1) is the same as the text of Sec. 1.901(m)-4T(g)(1)
published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(2) Except for paragraphs (a), (b), (d)(1), and (e) of this
section, this section applies to CAAs occurring on or after the date of
publication of the Treasury decision adopting these rules as final
regulations in the Federal Register.
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on this section prior to the date
this section is applicable provided that they both consistently apply
this section (excluding paragraph (e) of this section), Sec. 1.704-
1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii), Sec. 1.901(m)-1, Sec. 1.901(m)-
3, and Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-5 through 1.901(m)-8 to all CAAs occurring
on or after January 1, 2011, and consistently apply Sec. 1.901(m)-2
(excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d)) to all CAAs occurring on or after
December 7, 2016. For this purpose, persons that are related (within
the meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b)) will be treated as a single
taxpayer.
0
Par. 7. Section 1.901(m)-5 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.901(m)-5 Basis difference taken into account.
(a) In general. This section provides rules for determining the
amount of basis difference with respect to an RFA that is taken into
account in a U.S. taxable year for purposes of determining the
disqualified portion of a foreign income tax amount. Paragraph (b) of
this section provides rules for determining a cost recovery amount and
assigning that amount to a U.S. taxable year of a single section 901(m)
payor when the RFA owner (U.S.) is the section 901(m) payor. Paragraph
(c) of this section provides rules for determining a disposition amount
and assigning that amount to a U.S. taxable year of a single section
901(m) payor when the RFA owner (U.S.) is the section 901(m) payor.
Paragraph (d) of this section provides rules for allocating cost
recovery amounts and disposition amounts when the RFA owner (U.S.) is a
fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax purposes. Paragraph (e)
of this section provides special rules for allocating cost recovery
amounts and disposition amounts with respect to certain section 743(b)
CAAs. Paragraph (f) of this section provides special rules for
allocating certain disposition amounts when a foreign payor is
transferred in a mid-year transaction. Paragraph (g) of this section
provides special rules for allocating both cost recovery amounts and
disposition amounts in certain cases in which the RFA owner (U.S.)
either is a reverse hybrid or a fiscally transparent entity for both
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes that is directly or indirectly
owned by a reverse hybrid. Paragraph (h) of this section provides
examples illustrating the application of this section. Paragraph (i) of
this section provides the effective/applicability date.
(b) Basis difference taken into account under applicable cost
recovery method--(1) In general. When the RFA owner (U.S.) is a section
901(m) payor, all of a cost recovery amount is attributed to the
section 901(m) payor and assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the
section 901(m) payor in which the corresponding U.S. basis deduction is
taken into account under the applicable cost recovery method. This is
the case regardless of whether the deduction is deferred or disallowed
for U.S. income tax purposes. If instead the RFA owner (U.S.) is a
fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax purposes, a cost
recovery amount is allocated to one or more section 901(m) payors under
paragraph (d) of this section, except as provided in paragraphs (e) and
(g) of this section. If a cost recovery amount arises from an RFA with
respect to a section 743(b) CAA, in certain cases the cost recovery
amount is allocated to a section 901(m) payor under paragraph (e) of
this section. In certain cases in which the RFA owner (U.S.) either is
a reverse hybrid or a fiscally transparent entity for both U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes that is directly or indirectly owned by a
reverse hybrid, a cost recovery amount is allocated to one
[[Page 88582]]
or more section 901(m) payors under paragraph (g) of this section.
(2) Determining a cost recovery amount--(i) [The text of proposed
Sec. 1.901(m)-5(b)(2)(i) is the same as the text of Sec. 1.901(m)-
5T(b)(2)(i) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(ii) U.S. basis subject to multiple cost recovery methods. If the
entire U.S. basis is not subject to the same cost recovery method, the
applicable cost recovery method for determining the cost recovery
amount is the cost recovery method that applies to the portion of the
U.S. basis that corresponds to the basis difference.
(3) Applicable cost recovery method. For purposes of section
901(m), an applicable cost recovery method includes any method for
recovering the cost of property over time for U.S. income tax purposes
(each application of a method giving rise to a ``U.S. basis
deduction''). Such methods include depreciation, amortization, or
depletion, as well as a method that allows the cost (or a portion of
the cost) of property to be expensed in the year of acquisition or in
the placed-in-service year, such as under section 179. Applicable cost
recovery methods do not include any provision allowing the U.S. basis
to be recovered upon a disposition of an RFA.
(c) Basis difference taken into account as a result of a
disposition--(1) In general. Except as provided in paragraph (f) of
this section, when the RFA owner (U.S.) is a section 901(m) payor, all
of a disposition amount is attributed to the section 901(m) payor and
assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor in which
the disposition occurs. If instead the RFA owner (U.S.) is a fiscally
transparent entity for U.S. income tax purposes, except as provided in
paragraphs (e), (f), and (g) of this section, a disposition amount is
allocated to one or more section 901(m) payors under paragraph (d) of
this section. If a disposition amount arises from an RFA with respect
to a section 743(b) CAA, in certain cases the disposition amount is
allocated to a section 901(m) payor under paragraph (e) of this
section. If there is a disposition of an RFA in a foreign taxable year
of a foreign payor during which there is a mid-year transaction, in
certain cases a disposition amount is allocated under paragraph (f) of
this section. In certain cases in which the RFA owner (U.S.) either is
a reverse hybrid or a fiscally transparent entity for both U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes that is directly or indirectly owned by a
reverse hybrid, a disposition amount is allocated to one or more
section 901(m) payors under paragraph (g) of this section.
(2) [The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(c)(2) is the same as the
text of Sec. 1.901(m)-5T(c)(2) published elsewhere in this issue of
the Federal Register.]
(d) General rules for allocating and assigning a cost recovery
amount or a disposition amount when the RFA owner (U.S.) is a fiscally
transparent entity--(1) In general. Except as provided in paragraphs
(e), (f), and (g) of this section, this paragraph (d) provides rules
for allocating a cost recovery amount or a disposition amount when the
RFA owner (U.S.) is a fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes in which a section 901(m) payor directly or indirectly owns an
interest, as well as for assigning the allocated amount to a U.S.
taxable year of the section 901(m) payor. For purposes of this
paragraph (d), unless otherwise indicated, a reference to direct or
indirect ownership in an entity means for U.S. income tax purposes. For
purposes of this paragraph (d), a person indirectly owns an interest in
an entity for U.S. income tax purposes if the person owns the interest
through one or more fiscally transparent entities for U.S. income tax
purposes, and at least one of the fiscally transparent entities is not
a disregarded entity . For purposes of this paragraph (d), a person
indirectly owns an interest in an entity for foreign income tax
purposes if the person owns the interest through one or more fiscally
transparent entities for foreign income tax purposes. If the RFA owner
(U.S.) is a lower-tier fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes in which the section 901(m) payor indirectly owns an interest,
the rules of this section apply in a manner consistent with the
application of these rules when the section 901(m) payor directly owns
an interest in the RFA owner (U.S.).
(2) Allocation of a cost recovery amount. A cost recovery amount is
allocated to a section 901(m) payor that directly or indirectly owns an
interest in the RFA owner (U.S.) to the extent the U.S. basis deduction
that corresponds to the cost recovery amount is (or will be) included
in the section 901(m) payor's distributive share of the income of the
RFA owner (U.S.) for U.S. income tax purposes.
(3) Allocation of a disposition amount attributable to foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition loss--(i) In general. Except as
provided in paragraph (f) of this section, a disposition amount
attributable to foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss
(as determined under paragraph (d)(5) of this section) is allocated
under paragraph (d)(3)(ii) or (d)(3)(iii) of this section to a section
901(m) payor that directly or indirectly owns an interest in the RFA
owner (U.S.).
(ii) First allocation rule. This paragraph (d)(3)(ii) applies when
a section 901(m) payor, or a disregarded entity directly owned by a
section 901(m) payor, is the foreign payor whose foreign income
includes a distributive share of the foreign income of the RFA owner
(foreign) and, therefore, all of the foreign income tax amount of the
foreign payor is paid or accrued by, or considered paid by, the section
901(m) payor. Thus, this paragraph (d)(3)(ii) applies when the RFA
owner (U.S.) is a fiscally transparent entity for both U.S. and foreign
income tax purposes and a section 901(m) payor either directly owns an
interest in the RFA owner (U.S.) or directly owns an interest in
another fiscally transparent entity for U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes, which, in turn, directly or indirectly owns an interest in
the RFA owner (U.S.) for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes. In
these cases, the section 901(m) payor is allocated the portion of a
disposition amount that is equal to the product of the disposition
amount attributable to foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition
loss, as applicable, and a fraction, the numerator of which is the
portion of the foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss
recognized by the RFA owner (foreign) for foreign income tax purposes
that is (or will be) included in the foreign payor's distributive share
of the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign), and the denominator
of which is the foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss.
(iii) Second allocation rule. This paragraph (d)(3)(iii) applies
when neither a section 901(m) payor nor a disregarded entity directly
owned by a section 901(m) payor is the foreign payor with respect to
the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign). Instead, a section
901(m) payor directly or indirectly owns an interest in the foreign
payor, which is a fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes (other than a disregarded entity directly owned by the section
901(m) payor), and, therefore, the section 901(m) payor is considered
to pay or accrue only its allocated portion of the foreign income tax
amount of the foreign payor. This will be the case when the foreign
payor is either the RFA owner (U.S.), another fiscally transparent
entity for U.S. income tax purposes (other than a disregarded entity
directly owned by a section
[[Page 88583]]
901(m) payor) that directly or indirectly owns an interest in the RFA
owner (U.S.) for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes, or a
disregarded entity directly owned by the RFA owner (U.S.). In these
cases, the section 901(m) payor is allocated the portion of a
disposition amount that is equal to the product of the disposition
amount attributable to foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition
loss, as applicable, and a fraction, the numerator of which is the
portion of the foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss
that is included in the allocable foreign income of the section 901(m)
payor, and the denominator of which is the foreign disposition gain or
foreign disposition loss. If allocable foreign income is not otherwise
required to be determined because there is no foreign income tax
amount, the numerator is the portion of the foreign disposition gain or
foreign disposition loss that would be included in the allocable
foreign income of the section 901(m) payor if there were a foreign
income tax amount.
(4) Allocation of a disposition amount attributable to U.S.
disposition gain or U.S. disposition loss. A section 901(m) payor that
directly or indirectly owns an interest in the RFA owner (U.S.) is
allocated the portion of a disposition amount that is equal to the
product of the disposition amount attributable to U.S. disposition gain
or U.S. disposition loss (as determined under paragraph (d)(5) of this
section), as applicable, and a fraction, the numerator of which is the
portion of the U.S. disposition gain or U.S. disposition loss that is
(or will be) included in the section 901(m) payor's distributive share
of income of the RFA owner (U.S.) for U.S. income tax purposes, and the
denominator of which is the U.S. disposition gain or U.S. disposition
loss.
(5) Determining the extent to which a disposition amount is
attributable to foreign or U.S. disposition gain or loss--(i) RFA with
a positive basis difference. When there is a disposition of an RFA with
a positive basis difference and the disposition results in either a
foreign disposition gain or a U.S. disposition loss, but not both, the
entire disposition amount is attributable to foreign disposition gain
or U.S. disposition loss, as applicable, even if the disposition amount
exceeds the foreign disposition gain or the absolute value of the U.S.
disposition loss. If the disposition results in both a foreign
disposition gain and a U.S. disposition loss, the disposition amount is
attributable first to foreign disposition gain to the extent thereof,
and the excess disposition amount, if any, is attributable to the U.S.
disposition loss, even if the excess disposition amount exceeds the
absolute value of the U.S. disposition loss.
(ii) RFA with a negative basis difference. When there is a
disposition of an RFA with a negative basis difference and the
disposition results in either a foreign disposition loss or a U.S.
disposition gain, but not both, the entire disposition amount is
attributable to foreign disposition loss or U.S. disposition gain, as
applicable, even if the absolute value of the disposition amount
exceeds the absolute value of the foreign disposition loss or the U.S.
disposition gain. If the disposition results in both a foreign
disposition loss and a U.S. disposition gain, the disposition amount is
attributable first to foreign disposition loss to the extent thereof,
and the excess disposition amount, if any, is attributable to the U.S.
disposition gain, even if the absolute value of the excess disposition
amount exceeds the U.S. disposition gain.
(6) U.S. taxable year of a section 901(m) payor to which an
allocated cost recovery amount or disposition amount is assigned. A
cost recovery amount or a disposition amount allocated to a section
901(m) payor under paragraph (d) of this section is assigned to the
U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor that includes the last
day of the U.S. taxable year of the RFA owner (U.S.) in which, in the
case of a cost recovery amount, the RFA owner (U.S.) takes into account
the corresponding U.S. basis deduction (without regard to whether the
deduction is deferred or disallowed for U.S. income tax purposes), or
in the case of a disposition amount, the disposition occurs.
(e) Special rules for certain section 743(b) CAAs. If a section
901(m) payor acquires a partnership interest in a section 743(b) CAA,
including a section 743(b) CAA with respect to a lower-tier partnership
that results from a direct acquisition by the section 901(m) payor of
an interest in an upper-tier partnership, and subsequently there is a
cost recovery amount or a disposition amount that arises from an RFA
with respect to that section 743(b) CAA, all of the cost recovery
amount or the disposition amount is allocated to that section 901(m)
payor. The U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor to which the
cost recovery amount or the disposition amount is assigned is the U.S.
taxable year in which, in the case of a cost recovery amount, the
section 901(m) payor takes into account the corresponding U.S. basis
deduction (without regard to whether the deduction is deferred or
disallowed for U.S. income tax purposes), or in the case of a
disposition amount, the disposition occurs.
(f) Mid-year transactions--(1) In general. When a disposition of an
RFA occurs in the same foreign taxable year that a foreign payor is
involved in a mid-year transaction, the portion of the disposition
amount that is attributable to foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss (as determined under paragraph (d)(5) of this section)
is allocated to a section 901(m) payor and assigned to a U.S. taxable
year of the section 901(m) payor under this paragraph (f). To the
extent the disposition amount is attributable to U.S. disposition gain
or U.S. disposition loss (as determined under paragraph (d)(5) of this
section), see paragraph (c)(1) or (d) of this section, as applicable.
(2) Allocation rule. To the extent a disposition amount is
attributable to foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss, a
section 901(m) payor is allocated the portion of the disposition amount
equal to the product of the disposition amount attributable to foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition loss, as applicable, and a
fraction, the numerator of which is the portion of the foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition loss that is included in the
allocable foreign income of the section 901(m) payor, and the
denominator of which is the foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss. If allocable foreign income is not otherwise required
to be determined because there is no foreign income tax amount, the
numerator is the portion of the foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss that would be included in the allocable foreign income
of the section 901(m) payor if there were a foreign income tax amount.
(3) Assignment to a U.S. taxable year of a section 901(m) Payor. A
disposition amount allocated to a section 901(m) payor under paragraph
(f)(2) of this section is assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the
section 901(m) payor in which the foreign disposition gain or foreign
disposition loss (or portion thereof) is included in allocable foreign
income of the section 901(m) payor or, if allocable foreign income is
not otherwise required to be determined because there is no foreign
income tax amount, the U.S. taxable year in which the foreign
disposition gain or foreign disposition loss would be included in
allocable foreign income if there were a foreign income tax amount.
(g) Reverse hybrids--(1) In general. This paragraph (g) provides
rules for allocating a cost recovery amount or a disposition amount
when the RFA owner (U.S.) is either a reverse hybrid
[[Page 88584]]
or a fiscally transparent entity for U.S. and foreign income tax
purposes that is directly or indirectly owned by a reverse hybrid for
U.S. and foreign income tax purposes, and in each case, the foreign
payor whose foreign income includes a distributive share of the foreign
income of the RFA owner (foreign) directly or indirectly owns an
interest in the reverse hybrid for foreign income tax purposes.
Application of the allocation rules under paragraphs (g)(2) and (g)(3)
of this section depend upon whether a section 901(m) payor or a
disregarded entity directly owned by a section 901(m) payor is the
foreign payor, or, instead, a section 901(m) payor directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the foreign payor. For purposes of this
paragraph (g), unless otherwise indicated, a reference to direct or
indirect ownership in an entity means for U.S. income tax purposes. For
purposes of this paragraph (g), a person indirectly owns an interest in
an entity for U.S. income tax purposes if the person owns the interest
through one or more fiscally transparent entities for U.S. income tax
purposes, and at least one of the fiscally transparent entities is not
a disregarded entity . For purposes of this paragraph (g), a person
indirectly owns an interest in an entity for foreign income tax
purposes if the person owns the interest through one or more fiscally
transparent entities for foreign income tax purposes. If the RFA owner
(U.S.) is a lower-tier fiscally transparent entity for U.S. income tax
purposes in which the reverse hybrid indirectly owns an interest, the
rules of this section apply in a manner consistent with the application
of these rules when the reverse hybrid directly owns an interest in the
RFA owner (U.S.).
(2) First allocation rule--(i) Allocation to a section 901(m)
payor. This paragraph (g)(2)(i) applies when a section 901(m) payor, or
a disregarded entity directly owned by a section 901(m) payor, is the
foreign payor whose foreign income includes a distributive share of the
foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign), and, therefore, all of the
foreign income tax amount of the foreign payor is paid or accrued by,
or considered paid or accrued by, the section 901(m) payor. Thus, this
paragraph (g)(2)(i) applies when a section 901(m) payor either directly
owns an interest in the reverse hybrid or directly owns an interest in
a fiscally transparent entity for U.S. and foreign income tax purposes,
which, in turn, directly or indirectly owns an interest in the reverse
hybrid for both U.S. and foreign income tax purposes. In these cases,
the section 901(m) payor is allocated the portions of cost recovery
amounts or disposition amounts (or both) with respect to RFAs that are
equal to the product of the sum of the cost recovery amounts and the
disposition amounts and a fraction, the numerator of which is the
portion of the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign) that is
included in the foreign income of the foreign payor, and the
denominator of which is the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign).
(ii) Assignment to a U.S. taxable year of a section 901(m) Payor.
This paragraph (g)(2)(ii) applies when a cost recovery amount or a
disposition amount, or portion thereof, is allocated to a section
901(m) payor under paragraph (g)(2)(i) of this section. If the reverse
hybrid is the RFA owner (U.S.), a cost recovery amount or disposition
amount, or portion thereof, is assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the
section 901(m) payor that includes the last day of the U.S. taxable
year of the reverse hybrid in which, in the case of a cost recovery
amount, the reverse hybrid takes into account the corresponding U.S.
basis deduction (without regard to whether the deduction is deferred or
disallowed for U.S. income tax purposes), or, in the case of a
disposition amount, the disposition occurs. If the reverse hybrid is
not the RFA owner (U.S.) but instead the reverse hybrid directly or
indirectly owns an interest in the RFA owner (U.S.) for both U.S. and
foreign income tax purposes, a cost recovery amount or disposition
amount, or portion thereof, is assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the
section 901(m) payor that includes the last day of the U.S. taxable
year of the reverse hybrid, which, in turn, includes the last day of
the U.S. taxable year of the RFA owner (U.S.) in which, in the case of
a cost recovery amount, the RFA owner (U.S.) takes into account the
corresponding U.S. basis deduction (without regard to whether the
deduction is deferred or disallowed for U.S. income tax purposes), or,
in the case of a disposition amount, the disposition occurs.
(3) Second allocation rule--(i) Allocation to a section 901(m)
payor. This paragraph (g)(3)(i) applies when neither a section 901(m)
payor nor a disregarded entity directly owned by a section 901(m) payor
is the foreign payor with respect to the foreign income of the RFA
owner (foreign). Instead, a section 901(m) payor directly or indirectly
owns an interest in the foreign payor, which is a fiscally transparent
entity for U.S. income tax purposes (other than a disregarded entity
directly owned by the section 901(m) payor), and, therefore, the
section 901(m) payor is considered to pay or accrue only its allocated
portion of the foreign income tax amount of the foreign payor. In these
cases, the section 901(m) payor is allocated the portions of cost
recovery amounts or disposition amounts (or both) with respect to RFAs
that are equal to the product of the sum of the cost recovery amounts
and the disposition amounts and a fraction, the numerator of which is
the portion of the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign) that is
included in the foreign income of the foreign payor and included in the
allocable foreign income of the section 901(m) payor, and the
denominator of which is the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign).
If allocable foreign income is not otherwise required to be determined
for a section 901(m) payor because there is no foreign income tax
amount, the numerator is the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign)
that is included in the foreign income of the foreign payor and that
would be included in allocable foreign income of the section 901(m)
payor if there were a foreign income tax amount.
(ii) Assignment to a U.S. taxable year of a section 901(m) payor. A
cost recovery amount or a disposition amount, or portion thereof, that
is allocated to a section 901(m) payor under paragraph (g)(3)(i) of
this section is assigned to the U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m)
payor in which the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign) described
in paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section is included in the allocable
foreign income of the section 901(m) payor, or, if there is no foreign
income tax amount, the U.S. taxable year of the section 901(m) payor in
which the foreign income of the RFA owner (foreign) described in
paragraph (g)(3)(i) of this section would be included in allocable
foreign income if there were a foreign income tax amount.
(h) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this
section. In addition to any facts described in a particular example,
the following facts apply to all the examples unless otherwise
specified: CFC1, CFC2, and DE are organized in Country F and treated as
corporations for Country F tax purposes. CFC1 and CFC2 are each a
section 902 corporation (as defined in section 909(d)(5)) that is
wholly owned by the same U.S. corporation, and DE is a disregarded
entity . CFC1 and CFC2 have a U.S. taxable year that is a calendar
year, and CFC1, CFC2, and DE have a foreign taxable year that is a
calendar year. Country F imposes a single tax that is a foreign income
tax . CFC1, CFC2, and DE each have a functional currency of the u with
[[Page 88585]]
respect to all activities. At all relevant times, 1u equals $1. All
amounts are stated in millions. The examples assume that the applicable
cost recovery method for property results in basis being recovered
ratably over the life of the property beginning on the first day of the
U.S. taxable year in which the property is acquired or placed into
service.
Example 1. CAA followed by disposition: fully taxable for both
U.S. income tax and foreign income tax purposes--(i) Facts. (A) On
January 1, Year 1, USP acquires all of the stock of CFC1 in a
qualified stock purchase (as defined in section 338(d)(3)) to which
section 338(a) applies (Section 338 Acquisition). At the time of the
Section 338 Acquisition, CFC1 owns a single asset (Asset A) that is
located in Country F. Asset A gives rise to income that is taken
into account for Country F tax purposes. Asset A is tangible
personal property that, under the applicable cost recovery method in
the hands of CFC1, is depreciable over 5 years. There are no cost
recovery deductions available for Country F tax purposes with
respect to Asset A. Immediately before the Section 338 Acquisition,
Asset A has a U.S. basis of 10u and a foreign basis of 40u.
Immediately after the Section 338 Acquisition, Asset A has a U.S.
basis of 100u and foreign basis of 40u.
(B) On July 1, Year 2, Asset A is transferred to an unrelated
third party in exchange for 120u in a transaction in which all
realized gain is recognized for both U.S. income tax and Country F
tax purposes (subsequent transaction). For U.S. income tax purposes,
CFC1 recognizes U.S. disposition gain of 50u (amount realized of
120u, less U.S. basis of 70u (100u cost basis, less 30u of
accumulated depreciation)) with respect to Asset A. The 30u of
accumulated depreciation is the sum of 20u of depreciation in Year 1
(100u cost basis/5 years) and 10u of depreciation in Year 2 ((100u
cost basis/5 years) x 6/12). For Country F tax purposes, CFC1
recognizes foreign disposition gain of 80u (amount realized of 120u,
less foreign basis of 40u) with respect to Asset A. Immediately
after the subsequent transaction, Asset A has a U.S. basis and a
foreign basis of 120u.
(ii) Result. (A) Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(1), USP's acquisition
of the stock of CFC1 in the Section 338 Acquisition is a section 338
CAA. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(c)(i), Asset A is an RFA with respect to
Country F tax because it is relevant in determining the foreign
income of CFC1 for Country F tax purposes. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-
4(b), the basis difference with respect to Asset A is 90u (100u -
10u). Under Section 901(m)-1(a)(31), CFC1 is the RFA owner (U.S.)
with respect to Asset A. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(23), CFC1 is a
foreign payor for Country F tax purposes. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-
1(a)(35), CFC1 is the section 901(m) payor with respect to a foreign
income tax amount for which CFC1 is the foreign payor (see Sec.
1.901-2(f)(1)).
(B) Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(5), allocated basis differences
are comprised of cost recovery amounts and disposition amounts. In
Year 1, Asset A has an allocated basis difference that includes only
a cost recovery amount. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the
cost recovery amount for Year 1 is determined by applying the
applicable cost recovery method of Asset A in the hands of CFC1 to
the basis difference with respect to Asset A. Accordingly the cost
recovery amount is 18u (90u basis difference/5 years). Under
paragraph (b)(1) of this section, all of the 18u cost recovery
amount is attributed to CFC1 and assigned to Year 1, because CFC1 is
a section 901(m) payor and RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to Asset A
and Year 1 is the U.S. taxable year of CFC1 in which it takes into
account the corresponding 20u of depreciation. Immediately after
Year 1, under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(40), unallocated basis difference
is 72u with respect to Asset A (90u-18u).
(C) In Year 2, Asset A has an allocated basis difference that
includes both a cost recovery amount and a disposition amount. Under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the cost recovery amount for Year
2, as of the date of the subsequent transaction, is 9u ((90u basis
difference/5 years) x 6/12). Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(10), the
subsequent transaction is a disposition of Asset A, because the
subsequent transaction is an event that results in an amount of gain
being recognized for U.S. income tax and Country F tax purposes.
Because all realized gain in Asset A is recognized for U.S. income
tax and Country F tax purposes, the rule in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of
this section applies to determine the disposition amount. Under that
rule, the disposition amount for Year 2 is the unallocated basis
difference of 63u (90u basis difference, less total 27u taken into
account as cost recovery amounts in Year 1 and Year 2). Accordingly,
the allocated basis difference for Year 2 is 72u (9u of cost
recovery amount, plus 63u of disposition amount). Under paragraphs
(b)(1) and (c)(1) of this section, all of the 72u of allocated basis
difference is attributed to CFC1 and assigned to Year 2, because
CFC1 is a section 901(m) payor and the RFA owner (U.S.) with respect
to Asset A and Year 2 is the U.S. taxable year of CFC1 in which it
takes into account the corresponding 10u of depreciation and in
which the disposition occurred.
(D) Unallocated basis difference with respect to Asset A, as
determined immediately after the subsequent transaction, is 0u (90u
basis difference less 90u basis difference taken into account as 27u
total cost recovery amount in Year 1 and Year 2 and as a 63u
disposition amount in Year 2). Accordingly, because there is no
unallocated basis difference with respect to Asset A attributable to
the Section 338 Acquisition, the subsequent transaction is not a
successor transaction as defined in Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(2).
Furthermore, the subsequent transaction is not a CAA under Sec.
1.901(m)-2(b). For these reasons, section 901(m) no longer applies
to Asset A.
Example 2. CAA followed by Disposition: nontaxable for U.S.
income tax purposes and taxable for foreign income tax purposes--(i)
Facts. The facts are the same as in paragraph (i)(A) of Example 1
but the facts in paragraph (i)(B) of Example 1 are instead that on
July 1, Year 2, Asset A is transferred to CFC2, in exchange for 100u
of stock of CFC2 (subsequent transaction). For U.S. income tax
purposes, CFC1 does not recognize any U.S. disposition gain or U.S.
disposition loss with respect to Asset A. For Country F tax
purposes, CFC1 recognizes foreign disposition gain of 60u (amount
realized of 100u, less foreign basis of 40u) with respect to Asset
A. Immediately after the subsequent transaction, Asset A has a U.S.
basis of 70u (100u cost basis less 30u accumulated depreciation) and
a foreign basis of 100u. The 30u of accumulated depreciation is the
sum of 20u of depreciation in Year 1 (100u cost basis/5 years) and
10u in Year 2 ((100u cost basis/5 years) x 6/12).
(ii) Result. (A) The results described in paragraph (ii)(A) of
Example 1 also apply to this Example 2.
(B) The result for Year 1 is the same as in paragraph (ii)(B) of
Example 1.
(C) In Year 2, Asset A has an allocated basis difference that
includes both a cost recovery amount and a disposition amount. Under
paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the cost recovery amount for Year
2, as of the date of the subsequent transaction, is 9u ((90u basis
difference/5 years) x 6/12). Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(10), the
Transaction is a disposition of Asset A, because the subsequent
transaction is an event that results in an amount of gain being
recognized for Country F tax purposes. Because the disposition is
not also fully taxable for U.S. income tax purposes, the rule in
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section applies to determine the
disposition amount. Under that rule, the disposition amount is 60u,
the lesser of (i) 60u (60u foreign disposition gain plus absolute
value of 0u U.S. disposition loss), and (ii) 63u unallocated basis
difference (90 basis difference less total 27u taken into account as
cost recovery amounts, 18u in Year 1 and 9u in Year 2). Accordingly,
the allocated basis difference for the first half of Year 2 is 69u
(9u of cost recovery amount, plus 60u of disposition amount). Under
paragraphs (b)(1) and (c)(1) of this section, all of the 69u of
allocated basis difference is attributed to CFC1 and assigned to
Year 2, because CFC1 is a section 901(m) payor and the RFA owner
(U.S.) with respect to Asset A and Year 2 is the U.S. taxable year
of CFC1 in which it takes into account the corresponding 10u of
depreciation and in which the disposition occurred.
(D) Unallocated basis difference with respect to Asset A
immediately after the subsequent transaction is 3u (90u basis
difference less 87u basis difference taken into account as a 27u
total cost recovery amount in Year 1 and Year 2 and as a 60u
disposition amount in Year 2). Accordingly, because there is
unallocated basis difference of 3u with respect to Asset A
attributable to the Section 338 Acquisition, as determined
immediately after the subsequent transaction, the subsequent
transaction is a successor transaction as defined in Sec. 1.901(m)-
6(b)(2). Following the subsequent transaction, the unallocated basis
difference of 3u must be taken into account as cost recovery amounts
or disposition amounts (or both) by CFC2, the new section 901(m)
payor and RFA owner (U.S.) of Asset A. See Sec. 1.901(m)-
6(b)(3)(ii). Because the subsequent transaction is not a CAA under
Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b), there is no additional basis difference with
respect to Asset A as a result of the subsequent transaction.
[[Page 88586]]
Example 3. CAA followed by disposition: nontaxable for both
U.S. income tax and foreign income tax purposes--(i) Facts. The
facts are the same as in paragraph (i)(A) of Example 1 but the facts
in paragraph (i)(B) of Example 1 are instead that on July 1, Year 2,
CFC1 transfers Asset A to CFC2, in exchange for 110u of stock of
CFC2 (subsequent transaction). For U.S. income tax purposes, CFC1
does not recognize any U.S. disposition gain or U.S. disposition
loss with respect to Asset A as a result of the subsequent
transaction. Furthermore, for Country F tax purposes, CFC1
recognizes no foreign disposition gain or foreign disposition loss
with respect to Asset A as a result of the subsequent transaction.
Immediately after the subsequent transaction, Asset A has a U.S.
basis of 70u (100u cost basis less 30u accumulated depreciation) and
a foreign basis of 40u. The 30u of accumulated depreciation is the
sum of 20u of depreciation in Year 1 (100u cost basis/5 years) and
10u in Year 2 ((100u cost basis/5 years) x 6/12).
(ii) Result. (A) The result for Year 1 is the same as in
paragraph (ii)(A) of Example 1.
(B) The result for Year 1 is the same as in paragraph (ii)(B) of
Example 1.
(C) In Year 2, Asset A has an allocated basis difference that
includes only a cost recovery amount. Under paragraph (b)(2) of this
section, the cost recovery amount for Year 2, as of the date of the
subsequent transaction, is 9u ((90u basis difference/5 years) x 6/
12). Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(10), the subsequent transaction does
not constitute a disposition of Asset A, because the subsequent
transaction is not an event that results in an amount of gain or
loss being recognized for U.S. income tax or for Country F tax
purposes. Therefore, no disposition amount is taken into account for
Asset A in Year 2. Under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, all of
the 9u of allocated basis difference is attributed to CFC1 and
assigned to Year 2, because CFC1 is a section 901(m) payor and RFA
owner (U.S.) with respect to Asset A and Year 2 is the U.S. taxable
year of CFC1 in which it takes into account the corresponding 10u of
depreciation.
(D) Unallocated basis difference with respect to Asset A
immediately after the subsequent transaction is 63u (90u basis
difference, less 27u total cost recovery amounts, 18u in Year 1 and
9u in Year 2). Accordingly, because there is unallocated basis
difference of 63u with respect to Asset A attributable to the CAA,
as determined immediately after the subsequent transaction, the
subsequent transaction is a successor transaction as defined in
Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(2). Following the subsequent transaction, the
unallocated basis difference of 63u must be taken into account as
cost recovery amounts or disposition amounts (or both) by CFC2, the
new section 901(m) payor and RFA owner (U.S.) of Asset A. See Sec.
1.901(m)-6(b)(3)(ii). Because the subsequent transaction is not a
CAA under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b), there is no additional basis
difference with respect to Asset A as a result of the subsequent
transaction.
(i) Effective/applicability date. (1) Except for paragraphs
(b)(2)(i) and (c)(2) of this section, this section applies to CAAs
occurring on or after the date of publication of the Treasury decision
adopting these rules as final regulations in the Federal Register.
(2) [The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-5(i)(2) is the same as the
text of Sec. 1.901(m)-5T(i)(2) published elsewhere in this issue of
the Federal Register.]
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on this section prior to the date
this section is applicable provided that they both consistently apply
this section, Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii), Sec.
1.901(m)-1, Sec. 1.901(m)-3, Sec. 1.901(m)-4 (excluding Sec.
1.901(m)-4(e)), Sec. 1.901(m)-6, Sec. 1.901(m)-7, and Sec. 1.901(m)-
8 to all CAAs occurring on or after January 1, 2011, and consistently
apply Sec. 1.901(m)-2 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d)) to all CAAs
occurring on or after December 7, 2016. For this purpose, persons that
are related (within the meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b)) will be
treated as a single taxpayer.
0
Par. 8. Section 1.901(m)-6 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.901(m)-6 Successor rules.
(a) through (b)(2) [The text of proposed Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-6(a)
through (b)(2) is the same as the text of Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-6T(a)
through (b)(2) published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal
Register.]
(3) Special considerations. (i) If an asset is an RFA with respect
to more than one foreign income tax, this paragraph (a) applies
separately with respect to each foreign income tax.
(ii) Any subsequent cost recovery amount for an RFA transferred in
a successor transaction is determined based on the post-transaction
applicable cost recovery method, as described in Sec. 1.901(m)-
5(b)(3), that applies to the U.S. basis (or portion thereof) that
corresponds to the unallocated basis difference.
(4)(i) [The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(4)(i) is the same
as the text of Sec. 1.901(m)-6T(b)(4)(i) published elsewhere in this
issue of the Federal Register.]
(ii) Foreign basis election. If a foreign basis election is made
under Sec. 1.901(m)-4(c) with respect to a foreign income tax in a
subsequent CAA, any unallocated basis difference with respect to one or
more prior CAAs will not be taken into account under section 901(m).
The only basis difference that will be taken into account after the
subsequent CAA with respect to that foreign income tax is the basis
difference with respect to the subsequent CAA.
(b)(4)(iii) [The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(4)(iii) is
the same as the text of Sec. 1.901(m)-6T(b)(4)(iii) published
elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(5) [The text of proposed Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(5) is the same as the
text of Sec. 1.901(m)-6T(b)(5) published elsewhere in this issue of
the Federal Register.]
(c) Successor rules for aggregate basis difference carryover--(1)
Transfers of a section 901(m) payor's aggregate basis difference
carryover to another person. If a corporation acquires the assets of a
section 901(m) payor in a transaction to which section 381 applies,
that corporation succeeds to any aggregate basis difference carryovers
of the section 901(m) payor.
(2) Transfers of a section 901(m) payor's aggregate basis
difference carryover with respect to a foreign payor to another foreign
payor. If a section 901(m) payor has an aggregate basis difference
carryover, with respect to a foreign income tax and a foreign payor,
and substantially all of the assets of the foreign payor are
transferred to another foreign payor in which the section 901(m) payor
owns an interest, the section 901(m) payor's aggregate basis difference
carryover with respect to the first foreign payor is transferred to the
section 901(m) payor's aggregate basis difference carryover with
respect to the other foreign payor. In such a case, the section 901(m)
payor's aggregate basis difference carryover with respect to the first
foreign payor is reduced to zero.
(3) Anti-abuse rule. If a section 901(m) payor has an aggregate
basis difference carryover with respect to a foreign income tax and a
foreign payor and, with a principal purpose of avoiding the application
of section 901(m), assets of the foreign payor are transferred to
another foreign payor in a transaction not described in paragraph
(c)(1) or (2) of this section, then a portion of the aggregate basis
difference carryover of the section 901(m) payor is transferred either
to the aggregate basis difference carryover of the section 901(m) payor
with respect to the other foreign payor or to another section 901(m)
payor, as appropriate. The portion of the aggregate basis difference
carryover transferred is determined based on the ratio of fair market
value of the assets transferred to the fair market value of all of the
assets of the foreign payor that transferred the assets. Similar
principles apply when, with a principle purpose of avoiding the
application of section 901(m), there is a change in the allocation of
foreign income for foreign income tax purposes or the allocation of
foreign income tax amounts for U.S. income tax purposes that would
otherwise separate foreign income tax
[[Page 88587]]
amounts from the related aggregate basis difference carryover.
(4) Ownership. For purposes of this paragraph (c), a section 901(m)
payor owns an interest in a foreign payor if the section 901(m) payor
owns the interest directly or indirectly through one or more fiscally
transparent entities for U.S. income tax purposes.
(d) Effective/applicability date. (1) [The text of proposed Sec.
1.901(m)-6(d)(1) is the same as the text of Sec. 1.901(m)-6T(d)(1)
published elsewhere in this issue of the Federal Register.]
(2) Paragraphs (b)(3), (b)(4)(ii), and (c) of this section apply to
CAAs occurring on or after the date of publication of the Treasury
decision adopting these rules as final regulations in the Federal
Register.
(3) Taxpayers may, however, rely on this section prior to the date
this section is applicable provided that they both consistently apply
this section, Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii), Sec.
1.901(m)-1, Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-3 through 1.901(m)-5 (excluding Sec.
1.901(m)-4(e)), Sec. 1.901(m)-7, and Sec. 1.901(m)-8 to all CAAs
occurring on or after January 1, 2011, and consistently apply Sec.
1.901(m)-2 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d)) to all CAAs occurring on or
after December 7, 2016. For this purpose, persons that are related
(within the meaning of section 267(b) or 707(b)) will be treated as a
single taxpayer.
0
Par. 9. Section 1.901(m)-7 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.901(m)-7 De minimis rules.
(a) In general. This section provides rules describing basis
difference that is not taken into account under section 901(m) because
a CAA results in a de minimis amount of basis difference. Paragraph (b)
of this section sets forth the general rule for determining whether the
de minimis threshold is met. Paragraph (c) of this section provides
modifications to the general rule in the case of CAAs involving related
persons and CAAs that are part of an aggregated CAA transaction.
Paragraph (d) of this section provides rules for applying this section,
and paragraph (e) of this section provides an anti-abuse rule
applicable to related persons. Paragraph (f) of this section provides
examples that illustrate the application of this section. Paragraph (g)
of this section provides the effective/applicability date.
(b) General rule--(1) In general. A basis difference with respect
to an RFA and a foreign income tax is not taken into account under
section 901(m) if the requirements under either the cumulative basis
difference exemption or the RFA class exemption are satisfied.
(2) Cumulative basis difference exemption. Except as provided in
paragraph (c) of this section, a basis difference, with respect to an
RFA and a foreign income tax, is not taken into account under section
901(m) (cumulative basis difference exemption) if the sum of that basis
difference and all other basis differences (including negative basis
differences), with respect to a single CAA and a single RFA owner
(U.S.), is less than the greater of:
(i) $10 million, or
(ii) 10 percent of the total U.S. basis of all the RFAs immediately
after the CAA.
(3) RFA class exemption--(i) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of
this section, a basis difference, with respect to an RFA and a foreign
income tax, is not taken into account under section 901(m) (RFA class
exemption) if the RFA is part of a class of RFAs and the absolute value
of the sum of the basis differences (including negative basis
differences), with respect to a single CAA and a single RFA owner, for
all the RFAs in that class is less than the greater of:
(A) $2 million, or
(B) 10 percent of the total U.S. basis of all the RFAs in that
class of RFAs immediately after the CAA.
(ii) For purposes of this paragraph (b)(3), the classes of RFAs are
the seven asset classes defined in Sec. 1.338-6(b), regardless of
whether the CAA is a section 338 CAA.
(c) Special rules--(1) Modification of de minimis rules for related
persons. If the transferor and transferee in the CAA are related
persons (as described in section 267(b) or 707(b)), the cumulative
basis difference exemption and the RFA class exemption, as described in
paragraph (b) of this section, are applied by replacing the terms ``$10
million,'' ``10 percent'', and ``$2 million'' wherever they occur in
that paragraph with the terms ``$5 million,'' ``5 percent,'' and ``$1
million,'' respectively.
(2) CAA part of an aggregated CAA transaction. If a CAA is part of
an aggregated CAA transaction and a single RFA owner (U.S.) does not
own all the RFAs attributable to the CAAs that are part of the
aggregated CAA transaction, the cumulative basis difference exemption
and the RFA class exemption apply to such CAA only if, in addition to
satisfying the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) or (b)(3) of this
section, respectively, determined without regard to this paragraph
(c)(2), the cumulative basis difference exemption or the RFA class
exemption, as modified by this paragraph (c)(2), is satisfied. Solely
for purposes of this paragraph (c)(2), the cumulative basis difference
exemption and the RFA class exemption are applied taking into account
all the basis differences with respect to all the RFAs owned by all the
RFA owners (U.S.) that are attributable to the CAAs that are part of
the aggregated CAA transaction.
(d) Rules of application. The following rules apply for purposes of
this section.
(1) Whether a basis difference qualifies for the cumulative basis
difference exemption or the RFA class exemption is determined when an
asset first becomes an RFA with respect to a CAA. In the case of a
subsequent CAA described in Sec. 1.901(m)-6(b)(4), the application of
the cumulative basis difference exemption and the RFA class exemption
is based on basis difference, if any, that results from the subsequent
CAA.
(2) If there is an aggregated CAA transaction, the cumulative basis
difference exemption and each RFA class exemption are applied by
treating all CAAs that are part of the aggregated CAA transaction as a
single CAA.
(3) Basis difference is computed in accordance with Sec. 1.901(m)-
4 except that a foreign basis election need not be evidenced if either
the cumulative basis difference exemption or an RFA class exemption
apply to all RFAs with respect to the CAA.
(4) Basis difference is translated into U.S. dollars (if necessary)
using the spot rate determined under the principles of Sec. 1.988-1(d)
on the date of the CAA.
(e) Anti-abuse rule. The cumulative basis difference exemption and
an RFA class exemption are not available if the transferor and
transferee in the CAA are related persons (as described in section
267(b) or 707(b)) and the CAA was entered into, or structured, with a
principal purpose of avoiding the application of section 901(m). See
also Sec. 1.901(m)-8(c), which provides that certain built-in loss
assets are not taken into account for purposes of applying this
section.
(f) Examples. The following examples illustrate the rules of this
section:
Example 1. De minimis; cumulative basis difference exemption--
(i) Facts. USP, a domestic corporation, as part of a plan, purchases
all of the stock of CFC1 and CFC2 from a single seller. CFC1 and
CFC2 are section 902 corporations (as defined in section 909(d)(5)),
organized in Country F, and treated as corporations for Country F
tax purposes. Country F imposes a single tax that is a foreign
income tax . Each acquisition is a qualified stock purchase (as
defined in section 338(d)(3)) to which section 338(a) applies. A
foreign basis election is not made under Sec. 1.901(m)-4(c).
Immediately after the acquisition of the stock of CFC1 and CFC2, the
assets of CFC1 and CFC2 give rise to
[[Page 88588]]
income that is taken into account for Country F tax purposes, and
those assets are in a single class, as defined in Sec. 1.338-6(b).
At all relevant times, 1u equals $1. All amounts are stated in
millions. The additional facts are summarized below.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total U.S. Total U.S.
basis basis Total basis
Relevant foreign assets immediately immediately difference
before after
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Assets of CFC1.................................................. 48u 60u 12u
Assets of CFC2.................................................. 100u 96u (4)u
-----------------------------------------------
Total....................................................... 148u 156u 8u
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Result. (A) Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(1), USP's
acquisitions of the stock of CFC1 and CFC2 are each a section 338
CAA. Under 1.901(m)-1(a)(3), the two section 338 CAAs constitute an
aggregated CAA transaction because the acquisitions occur as part of
a plan. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(c)(1), the assets of CFC1 and CFC2
are RFAs for Country F tax purposes because they are relevant in
determining foreign income of CFC1 and CFC 2, respectively, for
Country F tax purposes. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-1(a)(31), CFC1 is the
RFA owner (U.S.) with respect to its assets, and CFC2 is the RFA
owner (U.S.) with respect to its assets.
(B) Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the application of
the cumulative basis difference exemption is based on a single CAA
and a single RFA owner (U.S.), subject to the requirements under
paragraph (c)(2) of this section that apply when there is an
aggregated CAA transaction. In the case of the section 338 CAA with
respect to CFC1, without regard to paragraph (c)(2) of this section,
the requirements of the cumulative basis difference exemption are
satisfied if the sum of the basis differences is less than the
threshold of $10 million, the greater of $10 million or $6 million
(10% of the total U.S. basis of $60 million (60 million u translated
into dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u)). In this case, the
sum of the basis differences is $12 million (12 million u translated
into dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1 u). Because the sum of
the basis differences of $12 million is not less than the threshold
of $10 million, the requirements of the cumulative basis difference
exemption are not satisfied. Because the requirements of the
cumulative basis difference exemption are not satisfied, without
regard to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, paragraph (c)(2) of this
section is not applicable. Finally, the RFA class exemption is not
relevant because all of the RFAs of CFC1 are in a single class.
Accordingly, the basis differences with respect to all of the RFAs
of CFC1 must be taken into account under section 901(m).
(C) In the case of the section 338 CAA with respect to CFC2,
without regard to paragraph (c)(2) of this section, the requirements
of the cumulative basis difference exemption are satisfied if the
sum of the basis differences is less than the threshold of $10
million, the greater of $10 million or $ 9.6 million (10% of the
total U.S. basis of $96 million (96 million u translated into
dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u)) In this case, the sum of
the basis differences is ($4) million ((4) million u translated into
dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1 u). Because the sum of the
basis differences of ($4) million is less than the threshold of $10
million, the requirements of the cumulative basis difference
exemption are satisfied. However, because the section 338 CAA with
respect to CFC2 is part of an aggregate CAA transaction that
includes the section 338 CAA with respect to CFC1, paragraph (c)(2)
of this section is applicable. Under paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, the requirements of the cumulative basis difference
exemption must also be satisfied taking into account all of the RFAs
of both CFC2 and CFC1. In this case, the requirements of the
cumulative basis difference exemption for purposes of paragraph
(c)(2) of this section are satisfied if the sum of the basis
differences with respect to all of the RFAs of CFC2 and CFC1 is less
than the threshold of $15.6 million, the greater of $10 million or
$15.6 million (10% of the total U.S. basis of $156 million (156
million u translated into dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u))
In this case, the sum of the basis differences is $8 million (8
million u translated into dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1 u).
Because the sum of the basis differences of $8 million is less than
the threshold of $15.6 million, the requirements of the cumulative
basis difference exemption are satisfied in the case of the section
338 CAA with respect to CFC2. Accordingly, none of the basis
differences with respect to the RFAs of CFC2 are taken into account
under section 901(m).
Example 2. De minimis; RFA Class Exemption--(i) Facts. USP, a
domestic corporation, acquires all the stock of CFC, a section 902
corporation (as defined in section 909(d)(5)) organized in Country F
and treated as a corporation for Country F tax purposes, in a
qualified stock purchase (as defined in section 338(d)(3)) to which
section 338(a) applies. Country F imposes a single tax that is a
foreign income tax . A foreign basis election is not made under
Sec. 1.901(m)-4(c). Immediately after the acquisition of CFC, the
assets of CFC give rise to income that is taken into account for
Country F tax purposes. At all relevant times, 1u equals $1. All
amounts are stated in millions. The additional facts are summarized
below.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total U.S. Total U.S.
basis basis Total basis
Relevant foreign assets immediately immediately difference
before after
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash (Class I).................................................. 10u 10u 0u
Inventory (Class IV)............................................ 14u 15u 1u
Buildings (Class V)............................................. 19u 30u 11u
-----------------------------------------------
Total....................................................... 43u 55u 12u
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Result. (A) Under Sec. 1.901(m)-2(b)(1), USP's acquisition
of the stock of CFC is a section 338 CAA. Under Sec. 1.901(m)-
2(c)(1), the assets of CFC are RFAs for Country F tax purposes
because they are relevant in determining foreign income of CFC for
Country F tax purposes.
(B) Under paragraph (b)(2) of this section, the requirements of
the cumulative basis difference exemption are satisfied if the sum
of the basis differences is less than the threshold of $10 million,
the greater of $10 million or $5.5 million (10% of the total U.S.
basis of $55 million (55 million u translated into dollars at the
exchange rate of $1 = 1u)). In this case, the sum of the basis
differences is $12 million (12 million u translated into dollars at
the exchange rate of $1 = 1 u). Because the sum of the basis
differences of $12 million is not less than the threshold of $10
million, the requirements of the cumulative basis difference
exemption are not satisfied.
(C) Under paragraph (b)(3) of this section, each of CFC's assets
is allocated to its class under Sec. 1.338-6(b) for purposes of the
RFA class exemption. The requirements of the RFA class exemption
with respect to the Class IV RFAs (in this case, inventory) are
satisfied if the absolute value of the sum of the basis differences
with respect to the Class IV RFAs is less than the threshold of $2
[[Page 88589]]
million, the greater of $2 million or $1.5 million (10% of the total
U.S. basis of Class IV RFAs of $15 million (15 million u translated
into dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1u)) In this case, the
absolute value of the sum of the basis differences is $1 million (1
million u translated into dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1 u).
Because the sum of the basis differences of $1 million is less than
the threshold of $2 million, the requirements of the RFA class
exemption are satisfied. Accordingly, the basis differences with
respect to the Class IV RFAs are not taken into account under
section 901(m).
(D) The requirements of the RFA class exemption with respect to
the Class V RFAs (in this case, buildings) is satisfied if the
absolute value of the sum of the basis differences with respect to
the Class V RFAs is less than the threshold of $3 million, the
greater of $2 million or $3 million (10% of the total U.S. basis of
Class V RFAs of $30 million (30 million u translated into dollars at
the exchange rate of $1 = 1u)). In this case, the absolute value of
the sum of the basis differences is $11 million (11 million u
translated into dollars at the exchange rate of $1 = 1 u). Because
the sum of the basis differences of $11 million is not less than the
threshold of $3 million, the requirements of the RFA class exemption
are not satisfied. Accordingly, the basis differences with respect
to the Class V RFAs are taken into account under section 901(m).
(E) The Class I RFAs (in this case, cash) are irrelevant because
there is no basis differences with respect to those RFAs.
(g) Effective/applicability date. This section applies to CAAs
occurring on or after the date of publication of the Treasury decision
adopting these rules as final regulations in the Federal Register.
Taxpayers may, however, rely on this section prior to the date this
section is applicable provided that they both consistently apply this
section, Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii), Sec.
1.901(m)-1, Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-3 through 1.901(m)-6 (excluding Sec.
1.901(m)-4(e)), and Sec. 1.901(m)-8 to all CAAs occurring on or after
January 1, 2011, and consistently apply Sec. 1.901(m)-2 (excluding
Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d)) to all CAAs occurring on or after December 7,
2016. For this purpose, persons that are related (within the meaning of
section 267(b) or 707(b)) will be treated as a single taxpayer.
0
Par. 10. Section 1.901(m)-8 is added to read as follows:
Sec. 1.901(m)-8 Miscellaneous.
(a) In general. This section provides guidance on other matters
under section 901(m). Paragraph (b) of this section provides guidance
on the application of section 901(m) to pre-1987 foreign income taxes.
Paragraph (c) of this section provides anti-abuse rules relating to
built-in loss assets. Paragraph (d) of this section provides the
effective/applicability date.
(b) Application of section 901(m) to pre-1987 foreign income taxes.
Section 901(m) and Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-1 through -8 apply to pre-1987
foreign income taxes (as defined in Sec. 1.902-1(a)(10)(iii)) of a
section 902 corporation.
(c) Anti-abuse rule for built-in loss RFAs. A basis difference with
respect to an RFA described in section 901(m)(3)(C)(ii) (built-in loss
RFA) will not be taken into account for purposes of computing an
allocated basis difference for a U.S. taxable year of a section 901(m)
payor if any RFA, including an RFA other than built-in loss RFAs, is
acquired with a principal purpose of using one or more built-in loss
RFAs to avoid the application of section 901(m). Furthermore, a basis
difference with respect to a built-in loss RFA will not be taken into
account for purposes of the cumulative basis difference exemption or
the RFA class exemption under Sec. 1.901(m)-7 if any RFAs, including
RFAs other than built-in loss RFAs, are acquired with a principal
purpose of avoiding the application of section 901(m).
(d) Effective/applicability date. This section applies to CAAs
occurring on or after the date of publication of the Treasury decision
adopting these rules as final regulations in the Federal Register.
Taxpayers may, however, rely on this section prior to the date this
section is applicable provided that they both consistently apply this
section, Sec. 1.704-1(b)(4)(viii)(c)(4)(v) through (vii), Sec.
1.901(m)-1, and Sec. Sec. 1.901(m)-3 through 1.901(m)-7 (excluding
Sec. 1.901(m)-4(e)) to all CAAs occurring on or after January 1, 2011,
and consistently apply Sec. 1.901(m)-2 (excluding Sec. 1.901(m)-2(d))
to all CAAs occurring on or after December 7, 2016. For this purpose,
persons that are related (within the meaning of section 267(b) or
707(b)) will be treated as a single taxpayer.
John Dalrymple,
Deputy Commissioner for Services and Enforcement.
[FR Doc. 2016-28759 Filed 12-6-16; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 4830-01-P